]> git.proxmox.com Git - mirror_ubuntu-jammy-kernel.git/blame - include/net/mac80211.h
mac80211: remove pointless flags=0 assignment
[mirror_ubuntu-jammy-kernel.git] / include / net / mac80211.h
CommitLineData
f0706e82 1/*
3017b80b
JB
2 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
f0706e82
JB
4 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
026331c4 6 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
d98ad83e 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
e38a017b 8 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
94ba9271 9 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
f0706e82
JB
10 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#ifndef MAC80211_H
17#define MAC80211_H
18
187f1882 19#include <linux/bug.h>
f0706e82
JB
20#include <linux/kernel.h>
21#include <linux/if_ether.h>
22#include <linux/skbuff.h>
f0706e82 23#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
f0706e82 24#include <net/cfg80211.h>
5caa328e 25#include <net/codel.h>
42d98795 26#include <asm/unaligned.h>
f0706e82 27
75a5f0cc
JB
28/**
29 * DOC: Introduction
30 *
31 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
32 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
33 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
34 * drivers.
35 */
36
37/**
38 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
39 *
40 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
f0706e82
JB
41 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
42 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
43 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
2485f710
JB
44 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
45 * tasklet function.
46 *
47 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
6ef307bc 48 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
f0706e82
JB
49 */
50
75a5f0cc
JB
51/**
52 * DOC: Warning
53 *
54 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
55 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
56 */
57
58/**
59 * DOC: Frame format
60 *
61 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
62 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
63 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
64 * hardware.
65 *
66 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
67 *
68 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
69 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
70 *
71 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
72 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
f0706e82
JB
73 */
74
42935eca
LR
75/**
76 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
77 *
78 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
79 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
80 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
81 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
82 *
83 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
84 * suspend.
85 *
86 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
87 *
88 */
89
ba8c3d6f
FF
90/**
91 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
92 *
93 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
94 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
95 * between different stations/interfaces.
96 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
97 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
98 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
99 *
100 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
101 * driver operation.
102 *
103 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with a
104 * single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
105 *
106 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
107 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
108 *
e7881bd5
JB
109 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls
110 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it
111 * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
ba8c3d6f
FF
112 *
113 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
114 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
115 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
116 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
117 * .release_buffered_frames().
118 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
119 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
120 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
121 */
122
313162d0
PG
123struct device;
124
e100bb64
JB
125/**
126 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
127 *
128 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
445ea4e8 129 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
e100bb64
JB
130 */
131enum ieee80211_max_queues {
3a25a8c8 132 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
445ea4e8 133 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
e100bb64
JB
134};
135
3a25a8c8
JB
136#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
137
4bce22b9
JB
138/**
139 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
140 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
141 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
142 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
143 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
144 */
145enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
146 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
147 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
148 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
149 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
150};
151
6b301cdf
JB
152/**
153 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
154 *
155 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
3330d7be 156 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
6b301cdf 157 *
e37d4dff 158 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
f434b2d1
JB
159 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
160 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
6b301cdf 161 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
3330d7be 162 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
908f8d07 163 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
9d173fc5 164 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
6b301cdf 165 */
f0706e82 166struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
f434b2d1 167 u16 txop;
3330d7be
JB
168 u16 cw_min;
169 u16 cw_max;
f434b2d1 170 u8 aifs;
908f8d07 171 bool acm;
ab13315a 172 bool uapsd;
f0706e82
JB
173};
174
f0706e82
JB
175struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
176 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
177 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
178 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
179 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
180};
181
d01a1e65
MK
182/**
183 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
4bf88530 184 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
04ecd257 185 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
164eb02d 186 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
73da7d5b
SW
187 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
188 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
21f659bf 189 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
d01a1e65
MK
190 */
191enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
4bf88530 192 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
04ecd257 193 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
164eb02d 194 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
73da7d5b 195 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
21f659bf 196 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
d01a1e65
MK
197};
198
199/**
200 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
201 *
202 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
203 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
204 *
4bf88530 205 * @def: the channel definition
21f659bf 206 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
04ecd257
JB
207 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
208 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
209 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
210 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
5d7fad48 211 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
164eb02d 212 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
d01a1e65
MK
213 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
214 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
215 */
216struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
4bf88530 217 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
21f659bf 218 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
d01a1e65 219
04ecd257
JB
220 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
221
164eb02d
SW
222 bool radar_enabled;
223
1c06ef98 224 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
d01a1e65
MK
225};
226
1a5f0c13
LC
227/**
228 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
229 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
230 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
231 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
232 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
233 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
234 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
235 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
236 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
237 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
238 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
239 * for changes/removal.)
240 */
241enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
242 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
243 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
244};
245
246/**
247 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
248 *
249 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
250 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
251 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
252 * done.
253 *
254 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
255 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
256 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
257 */
258struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
259 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
260 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
261 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
262};
263
471b3efd
JB
264/**
265 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
266 *
267 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
268 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
269 *
270 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
271 * also implies a change in the AID.
272 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
273 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
9f1ba906 274 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
38668c05 275 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
96dd22ac 276 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
57c4d7b4 277 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
2d0ddec5
JB
278 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
279 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
280 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
281 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
283 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
a97c13c3 284 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
8fc214ba 285 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
68542962 286 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
4ced3f74
JB
287 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
288 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
7da7cc1d 289 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
0ca54f6c 290 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
02945821 291 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
ab095877 292 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
1ea6f9c0 293 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
488dd7b5 294 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
52cfa1d6 295 * changed
989c6505
AB
296 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
297 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
2c9b7359
JB
298 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
299 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
300 * context had been assigned.
239281f8 301 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
23a1f8d4 302 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
e38a017b
AS
303 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
304 * keep alive) changed.
dcbe73ca
PKC
305 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
306 *
471b3efd
JB
307 */
308enum ieee80211_bss_change {
309 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
310 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
311 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
9f1ba906 312 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
a7ce1c94 313 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
96dd22ac 314 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
57c4d7b4 315 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
2d0ddec5
JB
316 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
317 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
318 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
a97c13c3 319 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
8fc214ba 320 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
68542962 321 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
4ced3f74 322 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
7da7cc1d 323 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
7827493b 324 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
02945821 325 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
ab095877 326 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
1ea6f9c0 327 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
488dd7b5 328 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
989c6505 329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
2c9b7359 330 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
239281f8 331 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
23a1f8d4 332 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
e38a017b 333 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
dcbe73ca 334 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
ac8dd506
JB
335
336 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
471b3efd
JB
337};
338
68542962
JO
339/*
340 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
341 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
342 * filtering will be disabled.
343 */
344#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
345
615f7b9b 346/**
a8182929
EG
347 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
348 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
a9409093 349 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
6382246e 350 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
b497de63
EG
351 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
352 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
353 * once each time the timeout triggers.
615f7b9b 354 */
a8182929
EG
355enum ieee80211_event_type {
356 RSSI_EVENT,
a9409093 357 MLME_EVENT,
6382246e 358 BAR_RX_EVENT,
b497de63 359 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
a8182929
EG
360};
361
362/**
363 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
364 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
365 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
366 */
367enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
615f7b9b
MV
368 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
369 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
370};
371
a8182929 372/**
a839e463 373 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
a8182929
EG
374 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
375 */
376struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
377 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
378};
379
a9409093
EG
380/**
381 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
382 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
d0d1a12f 383 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
a90faa9d
EG
384 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
385 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
a9409093
EG
386 */
387enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
388 AUTH_EVENT,
d0d1a12f 389 ASSOC_EVENT,
a90faa9d
EG
390 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
391 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
a9409093
EG
392};
393
394/**
395 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
396 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
397 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
398 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
399 */
400enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
401 MLME_SUCCESS,
402 MLME_DENIED,
403 MLME_TIMEOUT,
404};
405
406/**
a839e463 407 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
a9409093
EG
408 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
409 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
410 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
411 */
412struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
413 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
414 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
415 u16 reason;
416};
417
6382246e
EG
418/**
419 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
420 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
421 * @tid: the tid
b497de63 422 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
6382246e
EG
423 */
424struct ieee80211_ba_event {
425 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
426 u16 tid;
427 u16 ssn;
428};
429
a8182929
EG
430/**
431 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
a839e463 432 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
a8182929 433 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
a9409093 434 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
b497de63 435 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
6382246e 436 * @u:union holding the fields above
a8182929
EG
437 */
438struct ieee80211_event {
439 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
440 union {
441 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
a9409093 442 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
6382246e 443 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
a8182929
EG
444 } u;
445};
446
23a1f8d4
SS
447/**
448 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
449 *
450 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
451 *
452 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
453 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
454 */
455struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
456 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
457 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
458};
459
471b3efd
JB
460/**
461 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
462 *
463 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
464 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
465 *
466 * @assoc: association status
8fc214ba
JB
467 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
468 * or not
c13a765b 469 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
471b3efd
JB
470 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
471 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
ea1b2b45
JB
472 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
473 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
56007a02 474 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
c65dd147 475 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
989c6505 476 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
8c358bcd 477 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
ef429dad
JB
478 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
479 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
480 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
481 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
2ecc3905 482 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
8c358bcd
JB
483 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
484 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
2ecc3905 485 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
ef429dad
JB
486 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
487 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
2ecc3905
AB
488 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
489 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
490 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
21c0cbe7 491 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
98f7dfd8 492 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
96dd22ac
JB
493 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
494 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
495 * the current band.
817cee76 496 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
dd5b4cc7 497 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2d0ddec5
JB
498 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
499 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
4bf88530
JB
500 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
501 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
23a1f8d4 502 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
074d46d1 503 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
22f66895
AA
504 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
505 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
506 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
a97c13c3 507 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
e86abc68
JB
508 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
509 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
510 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
2c3c5f8c
AZ
511 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
512 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
513 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
514 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
a97c13c3 515 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
68542962
JO
516 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
517 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
518 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
519 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
0f19b41e
JB
520 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
521 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
522 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
4ced3f74 523 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
7da7cc1d
JB
524 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
525 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
526 * your driver/device needs to do.
ab095877
EP
527 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
528 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
0ca54f6c 529 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
7827493b
AN
530 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
531 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
1ea6f9c0 532 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
db82d8a9
LB
533 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
534 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
535 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
536 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
537 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
538 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
67baf663 539 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
52cfa1d6
AB
540 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
541 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
542 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
e38a017b
AS
543 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
544 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
545 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
546 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
547 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
548 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
549 * station.
471b3efd
JB
550 */
551struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
2d0ddec5 552 const u8 *bssid;
471b3efd 553 /* association related data */
8fc214ba 554 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
c13a765b 555 bool ibss_creator;
471b3efd
JB
556 u16 aid;
557 /* erp related data */
558 bool use_cts_prot;
559 bool use_short_preamble;
9f1ba906 560 bool use_short_slot;
2d0ddec5 561 bool enable_beacon;
98f7dfd8 562 u8 dtim_period;
21c0cbe7
TW
563 u16 beacon_int;
564 u16 assoc_capability;
8c358bcd
JB
565 u64 sync_tsf;
566 u32 sync_device_ts;
ef429dad 567 u8 sync_dtim_count;
881d948c 568 u32 basic_rates;
817cee76 569 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
57fbcce3 570 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
9ed6bcce 571 u16 ht_operation_mode;
a97c13c3
JO
572 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
573 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
2c3c5f8c
AZ
574 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
575 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
4bf88530 576 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
23a1f8d4 577 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
68542962 578 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
0f19b41e 579 int arp_addr_cnt;
4ced3f74 580 bool qos;
7da7cc1d 581 bool idle;
ab095877 582 bool ps;
7827493b
AN
583 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
584 size_t ssid_len;
585 bool hidden_ssid;
1ea6f9c0 586 int txpower;
db82d8a9 587 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
67baf663 588 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
52cfa1d6 589 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
e38a017b
AS
590 u16 max_idle_period;
591 bool protected_keep_alive;
471b3efd
JB
592};
593
11f4b1ce 594/**
af61a165 595 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
e039fa4a 596 *
6ef307bc 597 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
e039fa4a 598 *
7351c6bd 599 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
e6a9854b
JB
600 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
601 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
602 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
603 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
604 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
605 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
606 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
607 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
608 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
609 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
610 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
e039fa4a 611 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
e039fa4a
JB
612 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
613 * station
e039fa4a 614 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
e039fa4a
JB
615 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
616 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
e6a9854b 617 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
e039fa4a 618 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
ab5b5342
JB
619 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
620 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
621 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
622 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
623 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
624 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
625 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
626 * hardware queue.
e039fa4a
JB
627 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
628 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
629 * is for the whole aggregation.
429a3805
RR
630 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
631 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
e6a9854b
JB
632 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
633 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
634 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
6c17b77b
SF
635 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
636 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
637 * off-channel operation.
cd8ffc80
JB
638 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
639 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
640 * it can be sent out.
8f77f384
JB
641 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
642 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
3b8d81e0
JB
643 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
644 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
02f2f1a9
JB
645 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
646 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
647 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
ad5351db
JB
648 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
649 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
650 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
651 * queue gets full.
c6fcf6bc
JB
652 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
653 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
654 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
1672c0e3
JB
655 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
656 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
657 * should kick the MLME state machine.
026331c4
JM
658 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
659 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
660 * status to user space)
0a56bd0a 661 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
f79d9bad
FF
662 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
663 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
610dbc98
JB
664 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
665 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
666 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
667 * handled properly by the device.
681d1190
JM
668 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
669 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
670 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
aad14ceb
RM
671 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
672 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
673 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
47086fc5
JB
674 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
675 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
676 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
deeaee19
JB
677 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
678 * PS-Poll responses.
b6f35301
RM
679 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
680 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
681 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
a26eb27a
JB
682 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
683 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
684 * monitor injection).
5cf16616
SM
685 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
686 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
687 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
688 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
689 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
eb7d3066
CL
690 *
691 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
692 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
11f4b1ce 693 */
af61a165 694enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
e039fa4a 695 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
e6a9854b
JB
696 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
697 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
698 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
699 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
700 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
701 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
702 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
703 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
704 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
705 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
706 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
707 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
6c17b77b 708 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
cd8ffc80 709 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
8f77f384 710 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
3b8d81e0 711 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
02f2f1a9 712 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
ad5351db 713 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
c6fcf6bc 714 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
1672c0e3 715 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
026331c4 716 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
0a56bd0a 717 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
f79d9bad 718 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
21f83589 719 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
681d1190 720 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
aad14ceb 721 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
47086fc5 722 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
b6f35301 723 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
a26eb27a 724 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
5cf16616 725 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
11f4b1ce
RR
726};
727
abe37c4b
JB
728#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
729
af61a165
JB
730/**
731 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
732 *
733 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
734 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
6b127c71
SM
735 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
736 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
dfdfc2be 737 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
6e0456b5 738 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
bb42f2d1 739 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
af61a165
JB
740 *
741 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
742 */
743enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
744 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
6b127c71 745 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
dfdfc2be 746 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
6e0456b5 747 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
bb42f2d1 748 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
af61a165
JB
749};
750
eb7d3066
CL
751/*
752 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
753 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
754 */
755#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
756 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
757 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
758 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
759 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
02f2f1a9 760 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
eb7d3066 761 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
47086fc5 762 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
eb7d3066 763
2134e7e7
S
764/**
765 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
766 * Rate Control algorithm.
767 *
768 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
769 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
770 *
771 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
772 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
773 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
774 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
775 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
8bc83c24
JB
776 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
777 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
2134e7e7
S
778 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
779 * Greenfield mode.
780 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
8bc83c24
JB
781 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
782 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
783 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
2134e7e7
S
784 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
785 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
786 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
787 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
788 */
e6a9854b
JB
789enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
790 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
791 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
792 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
793
8bc83c24 794 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
e6a9854b
JB
795 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
796 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
797 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
798 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
799 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
8bc83c24
JB
800 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
801 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
802 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
e6a9854b
JB
803};
804
805
806/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
807#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
8318d78a 808
e6a9854b
JB
809/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
810#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
1c014420 811
e6a9854b 812/* maximum number of rate stages */
e3e1a0bc 813#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
870abdf6 814
0d528d85
FF
815/* maximum number of rate table entries */
816#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
817
870abdf6 818/**
e6a9854b 819 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
870abdf6 820 *
e6a9854b
JB
821 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
822 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
e25cf4a6 823 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
e6a9854b
JB
824 *
825 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
826 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
827 *
828 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
829 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
c555b9b3
JB
830 *
831 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
832 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
833 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
834 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
b4f7f4ad
JN
835 * information::
836 *
c555b9b3 837 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
b4f7f4ad 838 *
c555b9b3
JB
839 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
840 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
841 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
842 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
b4f7f4ad
JN
843 * information should then contain::
844 *
c555b9b3 845 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
b4f7f4ad 846 *
c555b9b3
JB
847 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
848 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
870abdf6 849 */
e6a9854b
JB
850struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
851 s8 idx;
8bc83c24
JB
852 u16 count:5,
853 flags:11;
3f30fc15 854} __packed;
870abdf6 855
8bc83c24
JB
856#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
857
858static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
859 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
860{
861 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
6bc8312f
KB
862 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
863 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
8bc83c24
JB
864}
865
866static inline u8
867ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
868{
869 return rate->idx & 0xF;
870}
871
872static inline u8
873ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
874{
6bc8312f 875 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
8bc83c24
JB
876}
877
e039fa4a
JB
878/**
879 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
880 *
881 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
882 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
883 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
884 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
885 *
886 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
e6a9854b 887 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
3a25a8c8 888 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
a729cff8 889 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
6ef307bc
RD
890 * @control: union for control data
891 * @status: union for status data
892 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
599bf6a4 893 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
93d95b12 894 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
599bf6a4 895 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
93d95b12 896 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
e039fa4a 897 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
1c014420 898 */
e039fa4a
JB
899struct ieee80211_tx_info {
900 /* common information */
901 u32 flags;
902 u8 band;
e6a9854b 903
3a25a8c8 904 u8 hw_queue;
2e92e6f2 905
a729cff8 906 u16 ack_frame_id;
e039fa4a
JB
907
908 union {
909 struct {
e6a9854b
JB
910 union {
911 /* rate control */
912 struct {
913 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
914 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
915 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
991fec09
FF
916 u8 use_rts:1;
917 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
0d528d85
FF
918 u8 short_preamble:1;
919 u8 skip_table:1;
991fec09 920 /* 2 bytes free */
e6a9854b
JB
921 };
922 /* only needed before rate control */
923 unsigned long jiffies;
924 };
25d834e1 925 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
53168215 926 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
e039fa4a 927 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
af61a165 928 u32 flags;
53168215 929 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
e039fa4a 930 } control;
3b79af97
JB
931 struct {
932 u64 cookie;
933 } ack;
e039fa4a 934 struct {
e6a9854b 935 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
a0f995a5 936 s32 ack_signal;
e3e1a0bc 937 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
599bf6a4 938 u8 ampdu_len;
d748b464 939 u8 antenna;
02219b3a 940 u16 tx_time;
a78b26ff 941 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
02219b3a 942 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 943 } status;
e6a9854b
JB
944 struct {
945 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
946 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
0d528d85
FF
947 u8 pad[4];
948
e6a9854b
JB
949 void *rate_driver_data[
950 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
951 };
952 void *driver_data[
953 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 954 };
f0706e82
JB
955};
956
18fb84d9
FF
957/**
958 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
959 *
960 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
961 * @info: Basic tx status information
962 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
963 */
964struct ieee80211_tx_status {
965 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
966 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
967 struct sk_buff *skb;
968};
969
c56ef672
DS
970/**
971 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
972 *
633e2713
DS
973 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
974 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
975 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
c56ef672
DS
976 *
977 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
978 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
979 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
980 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
981 */
982struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
57fbcce3
JB
983 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
984 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
c56ef672
DS
985 const u8 *common_ies;
986 size_t common_ie_len;
987};
988
989
e039fa4a
JB
990static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
991{
992 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
993}
7ac1bd6a 994
f1d58c25
JB
995static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
996{
997 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
998}
999
e6a9854b
JB
1000/**
1001 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1002 *
1003 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1004 *
1005 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1006 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1007 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1008 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1009 *
1010 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1011 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1012 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1013 */
1014static inline void
1015ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1016{
1017 int i;
1018
1019 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1020 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1021 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1022 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1023 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1024 /* clear the rate counts */
1025 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1026 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1027
1028 BUILD_BUG_ON(
e3e1a0bc 1029 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
e6a9854b
JB
1030 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1031 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1032 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1033}
1034
7ac1bd6a
JB
1035
1036/**
1037 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1038 *
1039 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1040 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1041 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1042 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1043 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1044 * verification has been done by the hardware.
cef0acd4 1045 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1046 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1047 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
981d94a8
JB
1048 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1049 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1050 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1051 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
84ea3a18
LB
1052 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1053 * de-duplication by itself.
72abd81b
JB
1054 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1055 * the frame.
1056 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1057 * the frame.
f4bda337 1058 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
6ebacbb7
JB
1059 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1060 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1061 * merging.
f4bda337
TP
1062 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1063 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1064 * (including FCS) was received.
f4a0f0c5
JB
1065 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1066 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
fe8431f8
FF
1067 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1068 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
4c298677
JB
1069 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1070 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1071 * each A-MPDU
4c298677
JB
1072 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1073 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1074 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1075 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1076 * on this subframe
1077 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1078 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
f980ebc0
SS
1079 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1080 * done by the hardware
17883048
GB
1081 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1082 * processing it in any regular way.
1083 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1084 * them for sniffing purposes.
1085 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1086 * monitor interfaces.
1087 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1088 * them for sniffing purposes.
0cfcefef
MK
1089 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1090 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1091 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1092 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1093 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1094 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1095 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1096 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1097 * interleaved with other frames.
1f7bba79
JB
1098 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1099 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1100 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
f631a77b
SS
1101 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1102 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1103 * the first subframe.
cef0acd4
DS
1104 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1105 * be done in the hardware.
7299d6f7
JB
1106 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1107 * frame
1108 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
7ac1bd6a
JB
1109 */
1110enum mac80211_rx_flags {
4c298677
JB
1111 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1112 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
f4a0f0c5 1113 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
4c298677
JB
1114 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1115 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1116 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1117 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
f4bda337 1118 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
7fdd69c5
JB
1119 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1120 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1121 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1122 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1123 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1124 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1125 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1126 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1127 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1128 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1129 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1130 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1131 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1132 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1133 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1134 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
7299d6f7
JB
1135 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1136 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
7ac1bd6a
JB
1137};
1138
1b8d242a 1139/**
7fdd69c5 1140 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1b8d242a 1141 *
7fdd69c5 1142 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
7fdd69c5
JB
1143 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1144 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1145 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1146 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
1147 * to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
1148 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1149 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
7fdd69c5 1150 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1b8d242a 1151 */
7fdd69c5
JB
1152enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1153 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
da6a4352
JB
1154 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1155 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1156 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1157 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1158 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
1b8d242a
EG
1159};
1160
da6a4352
JB
1161#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1162
1163enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1164 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1165 RX_ENC_HT,
1166 RX_ENC_VHT,
1167};
7fdd69c5 1168
7ac1bd6a
JB
1169/**
1170 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1171 *
1172 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1173 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
f1d58c25 1174 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
566bfe5a 1175 *
c132bec3
BR
1176 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1177 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
162dd6a7
JB
1178 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1179 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
8c358bcd
JB
1180 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1181 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
8318d78a 1182 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
7ac1bd6a 1183 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
4352a4d7
JB
1184 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1185 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
566bfe5a
BR
1186 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1187 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1188 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
ef0621e8
FF
1189 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1190 * values were filled.
1191 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1192 * support dB or unspecified units)
7ac1bd6a 1193 * @antenna: antenna used
0fb8ca45 1194 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
5614618e 1195 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
8613c948 1196 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
b4f7f4ad 1197 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
da6a4352
JB
1198 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1199 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
7fdd69c5 1200 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
554891e6 1201 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
4c298677
JB
1202 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1203 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1204 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
7ac1bd6a 1205 */
f0706e82
JB
1206struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1207 u64 mactime;
162dd6a7 1208 u64 boottime_ns;
8c358bcd 1209 u32 device_timestamp;
4c298677 1210 u32 ampdu_reference;
7fdd69c5 1211 u32 flag;
30f42292 1212 u16 freq;
da6a4352
JB
1213 u8 enc_flags;
1214 u8 encoding:2, bw:3;
30f42292 1215 u8 rate_idx;
8613c948 1216 u8 nss;
30f42292
JB
1217 u8 rx_flags;
1218 u8 band;
1219 u8 antenna;
1220 s8 signal;
ef0621e8
FF
1221 u8 chains;
1222 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
4c298677 1223 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
f0706e82
JB
1224};
1225
1f7bba79
JB
1226/**
1227 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1228 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1229 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1230 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1231 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1232 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1233 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1234 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1235 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1236 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1237 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1238 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1239 * @data field.
1240 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1241 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1242 * length
1243 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1244 *
1245 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1246 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1247 * data.
1248 */
1249struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1250 u32 present;
1251 u8 align;
1252 u8 oui[3];
1253 u8 subns;
1254 u8 pad;
1255 u16 len;
1256 u8 data[];
1257} __packed;
1258
6b301cdf
JB
1259/**
1260 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1261 *
1262 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1263 *
0869aea0
JB
1264 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1265 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1266 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
c99445b1
KV
1267 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1268 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1269 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1270 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1271 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1272 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1273 * for more.
5cff20e6
JB
1274 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1275 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1276 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1277 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1278 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
45521245
FF
1279 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1280 * operating channel.
6b301cdf
JB
1281 */
1282enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
0869aea0 1283 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
ae5eb026 1284 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
5cff20e6 1285 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
45521245 1286 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
6b301cdf 1287};
f0706e82 1288
7a5158ef 1289
e8975581
JB
1290/**
1291 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1292 *
e8975581 1293 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
0869aea0 1294 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
e255d5eb 1295 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
e8975581 1296 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
4797938c 1297 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
9124b077 1298 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
5cff20e6 1299 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
0f78231b 1300 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
04ecd257
JB
1301 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1302 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
e8975581
JB
1303 */
1304enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
0f78231b 1305 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
e8975581 1306 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
0869aea0 1307 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
e8975581 1308 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
e255d5eb
JB
1309 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1310 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1311 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
5cff20e6 1312 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
e8975581
JB
1313};
1314
0f78231b
JB
1315/**
1316 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1317 *
9d173fc5
KV
1318 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1319 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1320 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1321 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1322 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
0f78231b
JB
1323 */
1324enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1325 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1326 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1327 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1328 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1329
1330 /* keep last */
1331 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1332};
1333
f0706e82
JB
1334/**
1335 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1336 *
1337 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1338 *
04fe2037
JB
1339 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1340 *
ea95bba4 1341 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
56007a02
JB
1342 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1343 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1344 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
04fe2037
JB
1345 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1346 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1347 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1348 *
1ea6f9c0
JB
1349 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1350 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
04fe2037 1351 *
675a0b04 1352 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
164eb02d 1353 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
04fe2037 1354 *
9124b077 1355 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
ad24b0da
JB
1356 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1357 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
9124b077 1358 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
ad24b0da
JB
1359 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1360 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
0f78231b
JB
1361 *
1362 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1363 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
04ecd257
JB
1364 * configured for an HT channel.
1365 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1366 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
f0706e82
JB
1367 */
1368struct ieee80211_conf {
6b301cdf 1369 u32 flags;
ff616381 1370 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
10816d40 1371
e8975581 1372 u16 listen_interval;
56007a02 1373 u8 ps_dtim_period;
e8975581 1374
9124b077
JB
1375 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1376
675a0b04 1377 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
164eb02d 1378 bool radar_enabled;
0f78231b 1379 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
f0706e82
JB
1380};
1381
5ce6e438
JB
1382/**
1383 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1384 *
1385 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1386 * operation.
1387 *
1388 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1389 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1390 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1391 * the driver passed into mac80211.
2ba45384
LC
1392 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1393 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
5ce6e438
JB
1394 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1395 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
85220d71 1396 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
5ce6e438
JB
1397 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1398 */
1399struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1400 u64 timestamp;
2ba45384 1401 u32 device_timestamp;
5ce6e438 1402 bool block_tx;
85220d71 1403 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5ce6e438
JB
1404 u8 count;
1405};
1406
c1288b12
JB
1407/**
1408 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1409 *
1410 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1411 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
ea086359
JB
1412 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1413 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1414 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1415 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
848955cc
JB
1416 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1417 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1418 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1419 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
b115b972
JD
1420 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1421 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1422 * this is not pure P2P vif.
c1288b12
JB
1423 */
1424enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1425 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
ea086359 1426 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
848955cc 1427 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
b115b972 1428 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
c1288b12
JB
1429};
1430
32bfd35d
JB
1431/**
1432 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1433 *
1434 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1435 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1436 *
51fb61e7 1437 * @type: type of this virtual interface
bda3933a
JB
1438 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1439 * or the BSS we're associated to
47846c9b 1440 * @addr: address of this interface
2ca27bcf
JB
1441 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1442 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
59af6928
MK
1443 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1444 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1445 * for read access.
b5a33d52 1446 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
c1288b12
JB
1447 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1448 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1449 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1450 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
3a25a8c8
JB
1451 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1452 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
d01a1e65
MK
1453 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1454 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1455 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1456 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1457 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
ddbfe860 1458 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
ad24b0da 1459 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
ddbfe860 1460 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1b09b556
AO
1461 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1462 * interface.
32bfd35d 1463 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1464 * sizeof(void \*).
ba8c3d6f 1465 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
32bfd35d
JB
1466 */
1467struct ieee80211_vif {
05c914fe 1468 enum nl80211_iftype type;
bda3933a 1469 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
a3e2f4b6 1470 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2ca27bcf 1471 bool p2p;
73da7d5b 1472 bool csa_active;
b5a33d52 1473 bool mu_mimo_owner;
3a25a8c8
JB
1474
1475 u8 cab_queue;
1476 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1477
ba8c3d6f
FF
1478 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1479
d01a1e65
MK
1480 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1481
c1288b12 1482 u32 driver_flags;
3a25a8c8 1483
ddbfe860
SG
1484#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1485 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1486#endif
1487
1b09b556
AO
1488 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1489
32bfd35d 1490 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1491 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
32bfd35d
JB
1492};
1493
902acc78
JB
1494static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1495{
1496#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
05c914fe 1497 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
902acc78
JB
1498#endif
1499 return false;
1500}
1501
ad7e718c
JB
1502/**
1503 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1504 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1505 *
1506 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1507 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1508 *
1509 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1510 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1511 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1512 */
1513struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1514
dc5a1ad7
EG
1515/**
1516 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1517 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1518 *
1519 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1520 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1521 *
1522 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1523 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1524 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1525 */
1526struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1527
7ac1bd6a
JB
1528/**
1529 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1530 *
1531 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1532 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1533 *
7ac1bd6a
JB
1534 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1535 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
db12847c
IY
1536 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1537 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1538 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1539 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1540 * generation in software.
c6adbd21
ID
1541 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1542 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
e548c49e 1543 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
00b9cfa3
JM
1544 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1545 * (MFP) to be done in software.
077a9154 1546 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
ee70108f 1547 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
077a9154 1548 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
db12847c
IY
1549 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1550 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1551 * MIC.
e548c49e
JB
1552 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1553 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1554 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1555 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1556 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1557 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1558 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
17d38fa8 1559 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
00b9cfa3 1560 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
17d38fa8 1561 * only for managment frames (MFP).
db12847c
IY
1562 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1563 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1564 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
9de18d81
DS
1565 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1566 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1567 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
7848ba7d 1568 */
7ac1bd6a 1569enum ieee80211_key_flags {
17d38fa8
MK
1570 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1571 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1572 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1573 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1574 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1575 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1576 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
db12847c 1577 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
9de18d81 1578 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
7ac1bd6a 1579};
11a843b7 1580
7ac1bd6a
JB
1581/**
1582 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1583 *
1584 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1585 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1586 *
1587 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1588 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
6a7664d4 1589 * encrypted in hardware.
97359d12 1590 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
f8079d43
EP
1591 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1592 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
7ac1bd6a
JB
1593 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1594 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1595 * @keylen: key material length
ffd7891d
LR
1596 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1597 * data block:
1598 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1599 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1600 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
dc822b5d
JB
1601 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1602 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
7ac1bd6a 1603 */
f0706e82 1604struct ieee80211_key_conf {
db388a56 1605 atomic64_t tx_pn;
97359d12 1606 u32 cipher;
76708dee
FF
1607 u8 icv_len;
1608 u8 iv_len;
6a7664d4 1609 u8 hw_key_idx;
11a843b7 1610 s8 keyidx;
9de18d81 1611 u16 flags;
11a843b7 1612 u8 keylen;
f0706e82
JB
1613 u8 key[0];
1614};
1615
a31cf1c6
JB
1616#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1617
f8079d43
EP
1618#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1619#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1620
9352c19f
JB
1621/**
1622 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1623 *
1624 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1625 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1626 * reverse order than in packet)
1627 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1628 * reverse order than in packet)
1629 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1630 * reverse order than in packet)
1631 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1632 * reverse order than in packet)
a31cf1c6 1633 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
9352c19f
JB
1634 */
1635struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1636 union {
1637 struct {
1638 u32 iv32;
1639 u16 iv16;
1640 } tkip;
1641 struct {
1642 u8 pn[6];
1643 } ccmp;
1644 struct {
1645 u8 pn[6];
1646 } aes_cmac;
1647 struct {
1648 u8 pn[6];
1649 } aes_gmac;
1650 struct {
1651 u8 pn[6];
1652 } gcmp;
a31cf1c6
JB
1653 struct {
1654 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1655 u8 seq_len;
1656 } hw;
9352c19f
JB
1657 };
1658};
1659
2475b1cc
MS
1660/**
1661 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1662 *
1663 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1664 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1665 *
1666 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1667 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1668 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1669 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1670 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1671 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1672 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1673 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1674 * key_idx value calculation:
1675 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1676 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1677 */
1678struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1679 u32 cipher;
1680 u16 iftype;
1681 u8 hdr_len;
1682 u8 pn_len;
1683 u8 pn_off;
1684 u8 key_idx_off;
1685 u8 key_idx_mask;
1686 u8 key_idx_shift;
1687 u8 mic_len;
1688};
1689
7ac1bd6a
JB
1690/**
1691 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1692 *
1693 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1694 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1695 *
1696 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1697 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1698 */
ea49c359 1699enum set_key_cmd {
11a843b7 1700 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
ea49c359 1701};
f0706e82 1702
f09603a2
JB
1703/**
1704 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1705 *
1706 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1707 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1708 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1709 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1710 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1711 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1712 */
1713enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1714 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1715 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1716 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1717 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1718 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1719 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1720};
1721
e1a0c6b3
JB
1722/**
1723 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1724 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1725 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1726 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1727 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1728 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1729 *
1730 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1731 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1732 */
1733enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1734 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1735 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1736 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1737 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1738};
1739
0d528d85
FF
1740/**
1741 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1742 *
1743 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
03f831a6 1744 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
0d528d85
FF
1745 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1746 */
1747struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1748 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1749 struct {
1750 s8 idx;
1751 u8 count;
1752 u8 count_cts;
1753 u8 count_rts;
1754 u16 flags;
1755 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1756};
1757
17741cdc
JB
1758/**
1759 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1760 *
1761 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1762 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1763 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1764 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1765 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
34e89507 1766 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
17741cdc
JB
1767 *
1768 * @addr: MAC address
1769 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
323ce79a 1770 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
55d942f4
JB
1771 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1772 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
480dd46b
MA
1773 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1774 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1775 * Can be modified by driver.
527871d7
JB
1776 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1777 * otherwise always false)
17741cdc 1778 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1779 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
910868db 1780 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
f438ceb8
EG
1781 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1782 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
910868db 1783 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
e1a0c6b3 1784 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
8921d04e
JB
1785 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1786 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1787 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1788 * the station moves to associated state.
af0ed69b 1789 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
03f831a6 1790 * @rates: rate control selection table
0c4972cc 1791 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
8b94148c
AN
1792 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1793 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
93f0490e 1794 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
506bcfa8
EG
1795 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1796 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1797 * unlimited.
52cfa1d6 1798 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
6e0456b5 1799 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
ba8c3d6f 1800 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
17741cdc
JB
1801 */
1802struct ieee80211_sta {
57fbcce3 1803 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
17741cdc
JB
1804 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1805 u16 aid;
d9fe60de 1806 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
818255ea 1807 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
480dd46b 1808 u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
39df600a 1809 bool wme;
9533b4ac
EP
1810 u8 uapsd_queues;
1811 u8 max_sp;
8921d04e 1812 u8 rx_nss;
e1a0c6b3 1813 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
af0ed69b 1814 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
0d528d85 1815 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
0c4972cc 1816 bool tdls;
8b94148c 1817 bool tdls_initiator;
93f0490e 1818 bool mfp;
506bcfa8 1819 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
57eeb208
JB
1820
1821 /**
1822 * @max_amsdu_len:
1823 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1824 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1825 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1826 *
1827 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1828 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1829 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1830 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1831 *
1832 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1833 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1834 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1835 */
506bcfa8 1836 u16 max_amsdu_len;
52cfa1d6 1837 bool support_p2p_ps;
6e0456b5 1838 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
17741cdc 1839
ba8c3d6f
FF
1840 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
1841
17741cdc 1842 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1843 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
17741cdc
JB
1844};
1845
478f8d2b
TW
1846/**
1847 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1848 *
1849 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
38a6cc75 1850 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
478f8d2b 1851 *
4571d3bf
CL
1852 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1853 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1854 */
89fad578 1855enum sta_notify_cmd {
4571d3bf
CL
1856 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1857};
1858
36323f81
TH
1859/**
1860 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1861 *
1862 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
1863 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
1864 */
1865struct ieee80211_tx_control {
1866 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1867};
1868
ba8c3d6f
FF
1869/**
1870 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
1871 *
1872 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
1873 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
1874 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue)
1875 * @ac: the AC for this queue
f8bdbb58 1876 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
ba8c3d6f
FF
1877 *
1878 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
1879 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
1880 */
1881struct ieee80211_txq {
1882 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
1883 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1884 u8 tid;
1885 u8 ac;
1886
1887 /* must be last */
1888 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1889};
1890
1bc0826c
JB
1891/**
1892 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
1893 *
1894 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
1895 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
1896 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
1897 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
1898 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
1899 *
af65cd96
JB
1900 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
1901 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
1902 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
1903 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
1904 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
1905 * algorithm.
1906 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
1907 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
1908 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
1909 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
1910 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
1911 * CCK frames.
1912 *
1bc0826c
JB
1913 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
1914 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
1915 * the FCS at the end.
1916 *
1917 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
1918 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
1919 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
1920 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
1921 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
1922 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
546c80c9 1923 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
1bc0826c 1924 *
566bfe5a
BR
1925 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
1926 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
1927 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
1928 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
1929 *
566bfe5a
BR
1930 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
1931 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
1932 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
1933 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
1934 *
06ff47bc
TW
1935 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
1936 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
1937 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
8b30b1fe
S
1938 *
1939 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
1940 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
520eb820 1941 *
4be8c387
JB
1942 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
1943 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
1944 *
1945 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
1946 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
1947 * stack support for dynamic PS.
1948 *
1949 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
1950 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
4375d083
JM
1951 *
1952 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
1953 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
04de8381 1954 *
375177bf
VN
1955 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
1956 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
1957 * the stack.
1958 *
1e4dcd01 1959 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
ad24b0da
JB
1960 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
1961 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
a97c13c3 1962 *
c65dd147
EG
1963 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
1964 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
1965 * dtim_period).
e31b8213
JB
1966 *
1967 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
1968 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
1969 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
1970 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
1971 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
1972 * only in that case.
d057e5a3
AN
1973 *
1974 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
1975 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
1976 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
1977 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
1978 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
1979 * the PS mode of connected stations.
edf6b784
AN
1980 *
1981 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
1982 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
1983 * software.
885bd8ec 1984 *
4b6f1dd6
JB
1985 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
1986 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
1987 * active interfaces.
3a25a8c8 1988 *
e27513fb
BG
1989 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
1990 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
1991 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
1992 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
1993 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
1994 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
1995 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
1996 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
1997 * supported cipher suites.
1998 *
17c18bf8
JB
1999 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2000 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2001 * for frames.
2002 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2003 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2004 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2005 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2006 * control for more details.
6d71117a 2007 *
0d528d85
FF
2008 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2009 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2010 *
6d71117a
JB
2011 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2012 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2013 * is supported.
ef429dad
JB
2014 *
2015 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2016 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
7578d575 2017 *
919be62b
JB
2018 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2019 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2020 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2021 *
7578d575
AN
2022 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2023 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2024 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2025 * CSA frame.
5d52ee81 2026 *
c70f59a2
IY
2027 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2028 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2029 *
c526a467 2030 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
c56ef672 2031 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
30686bf7 2032 *
b98fb44f
AN
2033 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2034 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2035 *
99e7ca44
EG
2036 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2037 * within A-MPDU.
2038 *
35afa588
HS
2039 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2040 * for sent beacons.
2041 *
31104891
JB
2042 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2043 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2044 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2045 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2046 *
412a6d80
SS
2047 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2048 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2049 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2050 * timeout.
2051 *
c9c5962b
JB
2052 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2053 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2054 *
6e0456b5
FF
2055 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2056 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2057 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2058 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2059 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2060 *
2061 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2062 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2063 *
e8a24cd4
RM
2064 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2065 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2066 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2067 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2068 *
f3fe4e93
SS
2069 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2070 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2071 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2072 *
e2fb1b83
YT
2073 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2074 * TDLS links.
2075 *
94ba9271
IP
2076 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2077 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2078 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2079 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2080 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2081 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2082 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
03fe2deb 2083 >
7c181f4f
BCD
2084 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2085 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
94ba9271 2086 *
30686bf7 2087 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
1bc0826c
JB
2088 */
2089enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
30686bf7
JB
2090 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2091 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2092 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2093 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2094 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2095 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2096 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2097 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2098 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2099 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2100 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2101 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2102 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2103 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2104 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2105 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2106 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2107 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2108 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2109 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2110 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2111 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2112 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2113 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2114 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2115 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2116 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2117 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2118 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
b98fb44f 2119 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
99e7ca44 2120 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
35afa588 2121 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
31104891 2122 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
412a6d80 2123 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
c9c5962b 2124 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
6e0456b5
FF
2125 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2126 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
e8a24cd4 2127 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
f3fe4e93 2128 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
e2fb1b83 2129 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
94ba9271 2130 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
7c181f4f 2131 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
30686bf7
JB
2132
2133 /* keep last, obviously */
2134 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
1bc0826c
JB
2135};
2136
7ac1bd6a
JB
2137/**
2138 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
75a5f0cc
JB
2139 *
2140 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2141 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2142 *
2143 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2144 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2145 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
8318d78a
JB
2146 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2147 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
75a5f0cc
JB
2148 *
2149 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2150 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2151 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2152 * along with this structure.
2153 *
2154 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2155 *
2156 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2157 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2158 *
70dabeb7
FF
2159 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2160 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
75a5f0cc 2161 *
566bfe5a 2162 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
ad24b0da 2163 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
75a5f0cc 2164 *
ea95bba4 2165 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
ad24b0da 2166 * that HW supports
ea95bba4 2167 *
75a5f0cc 2168 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
e100bb64
JB
2169 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2170 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2171 *
830f9038
JB
2172 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2173 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2174 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
32bfd35d
JB
2175 *
2176 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2177 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
17741cdc
JB
2178 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2179 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
d01a1e65
MK
2180 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2181 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
ba8c3d6f
FF
2182 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2183 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
870abdf6 2184 *
78be49ec
HS
2185 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2186 * can handle.
2187 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2188 * the hw can report back.
e6a9854b 2189 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
4e6cbfd0 2190 *
df6ba5d8
LC
2191 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2192 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2193 * aggregation.
2194 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2195 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2196 * it shouldn't be set.
5dd36bc9
JB
2197 *
2198 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
ac062197
GG
2199 * aggregate an HT driver will transmit. Though ADDBA will advertise
2200 * a constant value of 64 as some older APs can crash if the window
2201 * size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N with FW v1.0.07
2202 * build 002 Jun 18 2012).
3a25a8c8 2203 *
6e0456b5
FF
2204 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2205 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2206 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2207 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2208 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
ac55d2fe
JB
2209 *
2210 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2211 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
b4f7f4ad 2212 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
ac55d2fe 2213 * adding _BW is supported today.
72d78728 2214 *
51648921
JB
2215 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2216 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
b4f7f4ad 2217 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
51648921 2218 *
99ee7cae
JB
2219 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
2220 * 'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
2221 * a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2222 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
2223 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
2224 * device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
2225 * into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
2226 *
72d78728 2227 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
680a0dab
JB
2228 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2229 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
219c3867
AB
2230 *
2231 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2232 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2233 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2234 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2235 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2236 * neither enabled.
2237 *
2238 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2239 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2240 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2475b1cc
MS
2241 *
2242 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2243 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2244 * supported by HW.
167e33f4
AB
2245 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2246 * device.
7ac1bd6a 2247 */
f0706e82 2248struct ieee80211_hw {
f0706e82 2249 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
75a5f0cc 2250 struct wiphy *wiphy;
830f9038 2251 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
f0706e82 2252 void *priv;
30686bf7 2253 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
f0706e82 2254 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
70dabeb7 2255 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
32bfd35d 2256 int vif_data_size;
17741cdc 2257 int sta_data_size;
d01a1e65 2258 int chanctx_data_size;
ba8c3d6f 2259 int txq_data_size;
ea95bba4 2260 u16 queues;
ea95bba4 2261 u16 max_listen_interval;
f0706e82 2262 s8 max_signal;
e6a9854b 2263 u8 max_rates;
78be49ec 2264 u8 max_report_rates;
e6a9854b 2265 u8 max_rate_tries;
df6ba5d8 2266 u8 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
5dd36bc9 2267 u8 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
6e0456b5 2268 u8 max_tx_fragments;
3a25a8c8 2269 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
ac55d2fe 2270 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
51648921 2271 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
99ee7cae
JB
2272 struct {
2273 int units_pos;
2274 s16 accuracy;
2275 } radiotap_timestamp;
72d78728 2276 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
219c3867
AB
2277 u8 uapsd_queues;
2278 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2475b1cc
MS
2279 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2280 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
167e33f4 2281 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
f0706e82
JB
2282};
2283
30686bf7
JB
2284static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2285 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2286{
2287 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2288}
2289#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2290
2291static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2292 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2293{
2294 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2295}
2296#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2297
c56ef672
DS
2298/**
2299 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2300 *
2301 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2302 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2303 */
2304struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2305 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2306
2307 /* Keep last */
2308 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2309};
2310
8a4d32f3
AN
2311/**
2312 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2313 *
2314 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2315 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2316 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2317 * @status: channel-switch response status
2318 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2319 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2320 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2321 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2322 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2323 */
2324struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2325 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2326 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2327 u8 action_code;
2328 u32 status;
2329 u32 timestamp;
2330 u16 switch_time;
2331 u16 switch_timeout;
2332 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2333 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2334};
2335
9a95371a
LR
2336/**
2337 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2338 *
2339 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2340 *
2341 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2342 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2343 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2344 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2345 * is already used internally by mac80211.
0ae997dc
YB
2346 *
2347 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
9a95371a
LR
2348 */
2349struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2350
75a5f0cc
JB
2351/**
2352 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2353 *
2354 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2355 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2356 */
f0706e82
JB
2357static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2358{
2359 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2360}
2361
75a5f0cc 2362/**
e37d4dff 2363 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
75a5f0cc
JB
2364 *
2365 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2366 * @addr: the address to set
2367 */
538dc904 2368static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
f0706e82
JB
2369{
2370 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2371}
2372
2e92e6f2
JB
2373static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2374ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2375 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2376{
aa331df0 2377 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2e92e6f2 2378 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2379 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2380}
2381
2382static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2383ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2384 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2385{
e039fa4a 2386 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2387 return NULL;
e039fa4a 2388 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2389}
2390
2391static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2392ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
870abdf6 2393 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2e92e6f2 2394{
e6a9854b 2395 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2396 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2397 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2398}
2399
6096de7f
JB
2400/**
2401 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2402 * @hw: the hardware
2403 * @skb: the skb
2404 *
2405 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2406 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2407 */
2408void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2409
75a5f0cc
JB
2410/**
2411 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
2412 *
2413 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2414 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2415 *
2416 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2417 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
dc822b5d
JB
2418 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2419 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2420 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
75a5f0cc
JB
2421 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2422 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
4150c572 2423 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2424 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2425 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2426 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2427 *
2428 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2429 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2430 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2431 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2432 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2433 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2434 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2435 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2436 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2437 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2438 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2439 *
2440 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2441 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2442 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2443 * based on the receive flags.
2444 *
2445 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2446 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2447 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2448 * keys.
9ae4fda3
EG
2449 *
2450 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2451 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2452 * handler.
2453 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
25985edc 2454 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
9ae4fda3
EG
2455 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2456 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
e37d4dff 2457 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
9ae4fda3 2458 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
de5fad81
YD
2459 *
2460 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2461 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2462 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
4150c572 2463 */
75a5f0cc 2464
4be8c387
JB
2465/**
2466 * DOC: Powersave support
2467 *
2468 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2469 *
c99445b1
KV
2470 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2471 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2472 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2473 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2474 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2475 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2476 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2477 * it finds traffic directed to it.
2478 *
2479 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2480 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2481 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
2738bd68
BC
2482 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2483 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
c99445b1
KV
2484 *
2485 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2486 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2487 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
4be8c387
JB
2488 *
2489 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2490 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2491 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2492 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
955394c9
JB
2493 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2494 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
c99445b1
KV
2495 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
2496 *
2497 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2498 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2499 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2500 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2501 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2502 * periods.
2503 *
2738bd68 2504 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
c99445b1
KV
2505 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2506 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2507 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2508 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2509 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2510 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2511 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2512 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2513 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2514 *
2515 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
848955cc 2516 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
e227867f 2517 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
c99445b1
KV
2518 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2519 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2520 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2521 *
2522 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2523 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
4be8c387
JB
2524 */
2525
04de8381
KV
2526/**
2527 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2528 *
2529 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
42b2aa86 2530 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
04de8381
KV
2531 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2532 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2533 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2534 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2535 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2536 *
c1288b12
JB
2537 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2538 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
955394c9
JB
2539 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2540 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2541 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2542 *
2543 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2544 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2545 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2546 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2547 *
2548 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2549 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2550 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2551 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
b4f7f4ad 2552 *
955394c9
JB
2553 * - a list of information element IDs
2554 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2555 *
2556 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2557 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2558 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2559 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2560 * vendor information elements.
2561 *
2562 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2563 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2564 *
2565 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2566 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2567 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2568 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2569 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2570 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2571 *
2572 *
2573 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2574 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2575 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2576 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2577 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2578 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2579 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2580 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2581 *
2582 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2583 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2584 * signal strength threshold checking.
04de8381
KV
2585 */
2586
0f78231b
JB
2587/**
2588 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2589 *
2590 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2591 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2592 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2593 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2594 *
2595 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2596 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2597 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2598 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2599 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2600 * hardware flags.
2601 *
2602 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2603 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2604 * turned off otherwise.
2605 *
2606 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2607 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2608 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2609 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2610 */
2611
75a5f0cc
JB
2612/**
2613 * DOC: Frame filtering
2614 *
2615 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2616 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2617 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2618 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2619 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2620 *
2621 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2622 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2623 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2624 *
3ac64bee
JB
2625 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2626 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2627 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2628 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2629 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2630 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2631 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
75a5f0cc
JB
2632 *
2633 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2634 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2635 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2636 * or dropped.
2637 *
d0f5afbe
MB
2638 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2639 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2640 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2641 * the flag, but not clear it.
2642 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2643 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2644 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2645 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2646 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2647 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2648 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2649 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
4150c572 2650 */
75a5f0cc 2651
4b801bc9
JB
2652/**
2653 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2654 *
2655 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2656 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2657 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2658 *
2659 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2660 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2661 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2662 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2663 * the driver code.
2664 *
2665 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2666 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2667 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2668 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2669 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2670 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2671 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2672 *
2673 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2674 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2675 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2676 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2677 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2678 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2679 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2680 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2681 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2682 * @sta_notify callback.
2683 *
2684 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2685 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2686 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2687 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2688 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2689 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2690 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
02f2f1a9 2691 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
4b801bc9
JB
2692 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2693 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2694 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2695 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2696 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2697 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2698 *
02f2f1a9
JB
2699 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2700 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2701 *
4b801bc9
JB
2702 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2703 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2704 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2705 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2706 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2707 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2708 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2709 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2710 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2711 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2712 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2713 *
2714 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2715 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2716 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2717 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2718 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2719 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2720 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2721 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2722 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2723 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
e227867f 2724 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
4b801bc9
JB
2725 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2726 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2727 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2728 *
2729 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2730 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2731 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2732 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2733 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
e943789e 2734 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
4b801bc9
JB
2735 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2736 *
2737 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2738 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2739 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2740 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
e943789e 2741 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
b77cf4f8
JB
2742 *
2743 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2744 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2745 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2746 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
4b801bc9
JB
2747 */
2748
3a25a8c8
JB
2749/**
2750 * DOC: HW queue control
2751 *
2752 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2753 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2754 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2755 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2756 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2757 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2758 *
2759 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2760 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2761 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2762 *
2763 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2764 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2765 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2766 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2767 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2768 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2769 * the hardware queue.
2770 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2771 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2772 *
2773 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2774 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2775 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2776 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2777 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2778 *
2779 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2780 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2781 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2782 * off-channel queue: 9
2783 *
2784 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2785 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2786 *
2787 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2788 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2789 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2790 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2791 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2792 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2793 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2794 *
2795 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2796 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2797 *
2798 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2799 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2800 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2801 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2802 */
2803
75a5f0cc
JB
2804/**
2805 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2806 *
2807 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
2808 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
2809 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
2810 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
2811 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2812 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
2813 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
2814 * multicast address.
2815 *
2816 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
2817 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
2818 *
2819 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
2820 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
2821 *
2822 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
2823 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
2824 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
2825 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
2826 * honour this flag if possible.
2827 *
df140465
JB
2828 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
2829 * station
75a5f0cc
JB
2830 *
2831 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
e3b90ca2 2832 *
c2d3955b 2833 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
7be5086d
JB
2834 *
2835 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
4150c572 2836 */
75a5f0cc 2837enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
75a5f0cc
JB
2838 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
2839 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
2840 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
2841 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
2842 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
2843 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
e3b90ca2 2844 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
7be5086d 2845 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
75a5f0cc
JB
2846};
2847
1b7d03ac
RR
2848/**
2849 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
2850 *
2851 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
2852 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
827d42c9
JB
2853 *
2854 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
2855 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
5d22c89b 2856 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
827d42c9
JB
2857 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
2858 *
18b559d5
JB
2859 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
2860 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
2861 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
b1720231 2862 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
18b559d5
JB
2863 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
2864 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
2865 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
2866 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
2867 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
2868 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
2869 * session is gone and removes the station.
2870 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
2871 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
2872 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
2873 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
1b7d03ac
RR
2874 */
2875enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
2876 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
2877 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
0df3ef45 2878 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
18b559d5
JB
2879 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
2880 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
2881 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
b1720231 2882 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
1b7d03ac 2883};
75a5f0cc 2884
50ea05ef
SS
2885/**
2886 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
2887 *
2888 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
2889 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
2890 * @tid: tid of the BA session
2891 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
2892 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
2893 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
2894 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
2895 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
2896 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2897 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
2898 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2899 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
2900 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
2901 */
2902struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
2903 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
2904 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2905 u16 tid;
2906 u16 ssn;
2907 u8 buf_size;
2908 bool amsdu;
2909 u16 timeout;
2910};
2911
4049e09a
JB
2912/**
2913 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
2914 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
47086fc5
JB
2915 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
2916 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
4049e09a
JB
2917 */
2918enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
2919 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
47086fc5 2920 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
4049e09a
JB
2921};
2922
8f727ef3
JB
2923/**
2924 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
2925 *
2926 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
e1a0c6b3
JB
2927 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
2928 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
2929 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
8f727ef3 2930 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
e687f61e
AQ
2931 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
2932 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
2933 * the peer.
0af83d3d
JB
2934 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
2935 * by the peer
8f727ef3
JB
2936 */
2937enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
2938 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
2939 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
e687f61e 2940 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
0af83d3d 2941 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
8f727ef3
JB
2942};
2943
d339d5ca
IP
2944/**
2945 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
2946 *
2947 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
2948 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
2949 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
2950 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
2951 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
2952 *
2953 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
2954 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
2955 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
2956 */
2957enum ieee80211_roc_type {
2958 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
2959 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
2960};
2961
cf2c92d8
EP
2962/**
2963 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
2964 *
2965 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
2966 * reconfiguration type was completed.
2967 *
2968 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
2969 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
2970 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
2971 * of wowlan configuration)
2972 */
2973enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
2974 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
2975 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
2976};
2977
75a5f0cc
JB
2978/**
2979 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
2980 *
2981 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
2982 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
2983 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
2984 *
2985 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
2986 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
2987 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
eefce91a 2988 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
11127e91 2989 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
11127e91 2990 * Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
2991 *
2992 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
2993 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
2994 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
2995 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
2996 * or zero.
2997 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
2998 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
2999 * is added.
e1781ed3 3000 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3001 *
3002 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3003 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3004 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3005 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
42935eca
LR
3006 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3007 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
e1781ed3 3008 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3009 *
eecc4800
JB
3010 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3011 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3012 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3013 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3014 * reconfigured at resume time.
2b4562df
JB
3015 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3016 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3017 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3018 * must return 1 from this function.
eecc4800
JB
3019 *
3020 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3021 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3022 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3023 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3024 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3025 *
d13e1414
JB
3026 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3027 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3028 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3029 * in suspend().
3030 *
75a5f0cc 3031 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
e37d4dff 3032 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
75a5f0cc
JB
3033 * and @stop must be implemented.
3034 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3035 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3036 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3037 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3038 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
e1781ed3 3039 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3040 *
34d4bc4d
JB
3041 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3042 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3043 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3044 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3045 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3046 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3047 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3048 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3049 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3050 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3051 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3052 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3053 * MAC address of the device going away.
e1781ed3 3054 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3055 *
3056 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3057 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
6dd1bf31 3058 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
e1781ed3 3059 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3060 *
471b3efd
JB
3061 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3062 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3063 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3064 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3065 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
e1781ed3
KV
3066 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3067 * can sleep.
471b3efd 3068 *
3ac64bee
JB
3069 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3070 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3071 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3072 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3073 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3074 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
e1781ed3 3075 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3076 *
1b09b556
AO
3077 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3078 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3079 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3080 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3081 * which flags are changed.
3082 * This callback can sleep.
3083 *
546c80c9 3084 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
17741cdc 3085 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3086 *
3087 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
e1781ed3
KV
3088 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3089 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
dc822b5d 3090 * is enabled.
6dd1bf31 3091 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
e1781ed3 3092 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3093 *
9ae4fda3
EG
3094 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3095 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3096 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
eb807fb2 3097 * The callback must be atomic.
9ae4fda3 3098 *
c68f4b89
JB
3099 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3100 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3101 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3102 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3103 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3104 *
de5fad81
YD
3105 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3106 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3107 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3108 *
75a5f0cc 3109 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
8318d78a 3110 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
9050bdd8
KV
3111 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3112 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
de95a54b
JB
3113 * that power save is disabled.
3114 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3115 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3116 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3117 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3118 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3119 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3120 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
e1781ed3 3121 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3122 *
b856439b
EP
3123 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3124 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3125 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3126 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3127 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3128 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3129 * The callback can sleep.
3130 *
79f460ca
LC
3131 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3132 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3133 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3134 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3135 *
3136 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
37e3308c 3137 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
79f460ca 3138 *
80e775bf
MB
3139 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3140 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
a344d677
JB
3141 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3142 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3143 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3144 *
e1781ed3
KV
3145 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3146 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3147 * this notification.
3148 * The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3149 *
6dd1bf31
BC
3150 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3151 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
e1781ed3 3152 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3153 *
9352c19f
JB
3154 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3155 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3156 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
e1781ed3 3157 * The callback must be atomic.
75a5f0cc 3158 *
f23a4780 3159 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
f3fe4e93
SS
3160 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3161 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3162 * should be set as well.
f23a4780
AN
3163 * The callback can sleep.
3164 *
75a5f0cc 3165 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
e1781ed3 3166 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3167 *
34e89507
JB
3168 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3169 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3170 *
3171 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
6a9d1b91
JB
3172 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3173 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3174 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3175 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3176 * This callback can sleep.
34e89507 3177 *
77d2ece6
SM
3178 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3179 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
c7e9dbcf
JB
3180 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3181 * callback can sleep.
77d2ece6 3182 *
34e89507 3183 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
d057e5a3
AN
3184 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3185 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3186 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
4571d3bf 3187 *
f09603a2
JB
3188 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3189 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3190 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3191 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
6a9d1b91
JB
3192 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3193 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3194 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3195 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3196 * The callback can sleep.
3197 *
3198 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3199 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3200 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3201 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3202 * in @sta_state.
f09603a2
JB
3203 * The callback can sleep.
3204 *
8f727ef3
JB
3205 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3206 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3207 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3208 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3209 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3210 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3211 * Must be atomic.
f815e2b3
JB
3212 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3213 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3214 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
8f727ef3 3215 *
2b9a7e1b
JB
3216 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3217 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3218 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3219 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3220 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3221 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3222 * The callback can sleep.
3223 *
75a5f0cc 3224 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
fe3fa827 3225 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
6dd1bf31 3226 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
e1781ed3 3227 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3228 *
75a5f0cc 3229 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3b5d665b 3230 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3231 * required function.
e1781ed3 3232 * The callback can sleep.
3b5d665b
AF
3233 *
3234 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
ad24b0da 3235 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3236 * required function.
e1781ed3 3237 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3238 *
354d381b
PT
3239 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3240 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3241 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3242 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3243 * The callback can sleep.
3244 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3245 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3246 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3247 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3248 * TSF synchronization.
e1781ed3 3249 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3250 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3251 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3252 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3253 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
6dd1bf31 3254 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
e1781ed3 3255 * The callback can sleep.
d3c990fb 3256 *
4e8998f0
RD
3257 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3258 *
1f87f7d3
JB
3259 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3260 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3261 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
e1781ed3 3262 * The callback can sleep.
aff89a9b 3263 *
310bc676
LT
3264 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3265 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
a4bcaf55
LB
3266 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3267 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3268 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
310bc676 3269 *
52981cd7
DS
3270 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3271 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
71063f0e 3272 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
a80f7c0b
JB
3273 *
3274 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
39ecc01d
JB
3275 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3276 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3277 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3278 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
77be2c54 3279 * Note that vif can be NULL.
39ecc01d 3280 * The callback can sleep.
5ce6e438
JB
3281 *
3282 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3283 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3284 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3285 * completion of the channel switch.
4e6cbfd0 3286 *
79b1c460
BR
3287 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3288 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3289 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3290 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3291 *
3292 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4976b4eb
JB
3293 *
3294 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3295 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3296 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3297 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3298 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3299 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
196ac1c1 3300 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
196ac1c1
JB
3301 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3302 * must be accepted in this case.
3303 * This callback may sleep.
4976b4eb
JB
3304 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3305 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
38c09159
JL
3306 *
3307 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3308 *
3309 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
e8306f98
VN
3310 *
3311 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3312 * queues before entering power save.
bdbfd6b5
SM
3313 *
3314 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3315 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3316 * The callback can sleep.
a8182929
EG
3317 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3318 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
6382246e 3319 * The callback must be atomic.
4049e09a
JB
3320 *
3321 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3322 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3323 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3324 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
e227867f 3325 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
4049e09a
JB
3326 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3327 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3328 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3329 * more-data bit must always be set.
3330 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3331 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
deeaee19
JB
3332 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3333 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3334 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3335 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3336 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3337 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
4049e09a
JB
3338 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3339 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3340 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
47086fc5
JB
3341 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3342 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
37fbd908 3343 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
e943789e 3344 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
4049e09a 3345 * This callback must be atomic.
40b96408
JB
3346 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3347 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3348 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
02f2f1a9 3349 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
40b96408
JB
3350 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3351 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3352 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3353 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
37fbd908 3354 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
e943789e 3355 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
40b96408
JB
3356 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3357 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3358 * This callback must be atomic.
e352114f
BG
3359 *
3360 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3361 *
3362 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3363 *
3364 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3365 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3366 *
a1845fc7
JB
3367 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3368 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3369 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3370 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3371 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3372 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3373 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3374 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3375 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
94ba9271
IP
3376 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3377 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3378 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
a1845fc7
JB
3379 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3380 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
3381 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
c3645eac 3382 *
ee10f2c7
AN
3383 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3384 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3385 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3386 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3387 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3388 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3389 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3390 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3391 *
c3645eac 3392 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
dcae9e02 3393 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac 3394 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
dcae9e02 3395 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3396 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3397 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3398 * channel context with different settings
dcae9e02 3399 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3400 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3401 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
dcae9e02 3402 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3403 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3404 * unbound from vif.
dcae9e02 3405 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13
LC
3406 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3407 * another, as specified in the list of
3408 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3409 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
dcae9e02 3410 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13 3411 *
1041638f
JB
3412 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3413 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3414 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3415 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3416 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3417 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3418 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
9214ad7f 3419 *
cf2c92d8
EP
3420 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3421 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3422 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3423 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3424 * This callback may sleep.
8f21b0ad 3425 *
a65240c1
JB
3426 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3427 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3428 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
73da7d5b
SW
3429 *
3430 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3431 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3432 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
66e01cf9 3433 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
73da7d5b
SW
3434 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3435 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
66e01cf9 3436 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
73da7d5b 3437 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
66e01cf9
LC
3438 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3439 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
6d027bcc
LC
3440 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3441 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
9332ef9d 3442 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
6d027bcc 3443 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
f1d65583
LC
3444 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3445 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3446 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
73da7d5b 3447 *
55fff501
JB
3448 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3449 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3450 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3451 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
cca674d4
AQ
3452 *
3453 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3454 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3455 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
5b3dc42b
FF
3456 *
3457 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3458 * and hardware limits.
a7a6bdd0
AN
3459 *
3460 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3461 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3462 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3463 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3464 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3465 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3466 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3467 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3468 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
8a4d32f3
AN
3469 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3470 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3471 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3472 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3473 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3474 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3475 * the function call.
ba8c3d6f
FF
3476 *
3477 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
f59374eb
SS
3478 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3479 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3480 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3481 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
708d50ed
AB
3482 *
3483 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3484 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
5953ff6d
AB
3485 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3486 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3487 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3488 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3489 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3490 * changed parameters.
167e33f4
AB
3491 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3492 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3493 * this call.
3494 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3495 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3496 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
75a5f0cc 3497 */
f0706e82 3498struct ieee80211_ops {
36323f81
TH
3499 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3500 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3501 struct sk_buff *skb);
4150c572 3502 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4150c572 3503 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
eecc4800
JB
3504#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3505 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3506 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6d52563f 3507 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
eecc4800 3508#endif
f0706e82 3509 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3510 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
34d4bc4d
JB
3511 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3512 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2ca27bcf 3513 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
f0706e82 3514 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3515 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
e8975581 3516 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
471b3efd
JB
3517 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3518 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3519 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3520 u32 changed);
b2abb6e2 3521
1041638f
JB
3522 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3523 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3524
3ac64bee 3525 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
22bedad3 3526 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
4150c572
JB
3527 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3528 unsigned int changed_flags,
3529 unsigned int *total_flags,
3ac64bee 3530 u64 multicast);
1b09b556
AO
3531 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3532 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3533 unsigned int filter_flags,
3534 unsigned int changed_flags);
17741cdc
JB
3535 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3536 bool set);
ea49c359 3537 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
dc822b5d 3538 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
11a843b7 3539 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
9ae4fda3 3540 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
b3fbdcf4
JB
3541 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3542 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3543 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3544 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
c68f4b89
JB
3545 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3546 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3547 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
de5fad81
YD
3548 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3549 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
a060bbfe 3550 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
c56ef672 3551 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
b856439b
EP
3552 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3553 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
79f460ca
LC
3554 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3555 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3556 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
633e2713 3557 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
37e3308c 3558 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
79f460ca 3559 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
a344d677
JB
3560 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3561 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3562 const u8 *mac_addr);
3563 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3564 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82
JB
3565 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3566 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
9352c19f
JB
3567 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3568 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3569 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
f23a4780 3570 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
f0706e82 3571 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
34e89507
JB
3572 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3573 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3574 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3575 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
77d2ece6
SM
3576#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3577 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3578 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3579 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3580 struct dentry *dir);
77d2ece6 3581#endif
32bfd35d 3582 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc 3583 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
f09603a2
JB
3584 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3585 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3586 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3587 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
6a9d1b91
JB
3588 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3589 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3590 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8f727ef3
JB
3591 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3592 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3593 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3594 u32 changed);
f815e2b3
JB
3595 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3596 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3597 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
2b9a7e1b
JB
3598 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3599 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3600 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3601 struct station_info *sinfo);
8a3a3c85 3602 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a3304b0a 3603 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
f0706e82 3604 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
37a41b4a
EP
3605 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3606 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3607 u64 tsf);
354d381b
PT
3608 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3609 s64 offset);
37a41b4a 3610 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 3611 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
57eeb208
JB
3612
3613 /**
3614 * @ampdu_action:
3615 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3616 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3617 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3618 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3619 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3620 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3621 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3622 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3623 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3624 *
3625 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3626 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3627 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3628 *
3629 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3630 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3631 *
3632 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3633 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3634 * - ``TX: 81``
3635 *
3636 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3637 *
3638 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3639 * The callback can sleep.
3640 */
1b7d03ac 3641 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
c951ad35 3642 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
50ea05ef 3643 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
1289723e
HS
3644 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3645 struct survey_info *survey);
1f87f7d3 3646 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
a4bcaf55 3647 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
aff89a9b 3648#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
52981cd7
DS
3649 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3650 void *data, int len);
71063f0e
WYG
3651 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3652 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3653 void *data, int len);
aff89a9b 3654#endif
77be2c54
EG
3655 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3656 u32 queues, bool drop);
5ce6e438 3657 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
0f791eb4 3658 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5ce6e438 3659 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
15d96753
BR
3660 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3661 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
21f83589
JB
3662
3663 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
49884568 3664 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
21f83589 3665 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
d339d5ca
IP
3666 int duration,
3667 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
21f83589 3668 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
38c09159
JL
3669 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3670 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3671 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
e8306f98 3672 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
bdbfd6b5
SM
3673 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3674 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
a8182929
EG
3675 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3676 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3677 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
4049e09a 3678
40b96408
JB
3679 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3680 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3681 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3682 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3683 bool more_data);
4049e09a
JB
3684 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3685 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3686 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3687 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3688 bool more_data);
e352114f
BG
3689
3690 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3691 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3692 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3693 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3694 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3695 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3696 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3697 u32 sset, u8 *data);
a1845fc7
JB
3698
3699 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3700 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
c3645eac 3701
ee10f2c7
AN
3702 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3703 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3704
c3645eac
MK
3705 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3706 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3707 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3708 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3709 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3710 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3711 u32 changed);
3712 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3713 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3714 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3715 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3716 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3717 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
1a5f0c13
LC
3718 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3719 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3720 int n_vifs,
3721 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
9214ad7f 3722
cf2c92d8
EP
3723 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3724 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
a65240c1
JB
3725
3726#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3727 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3728 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3729 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3730#endif
73da7d5b
SW
3731 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3732 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3733 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6d027bcc
LC
3734 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3735 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3736 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
55fff501 3737
f1d65583
LC
3738 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3739 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3740
55fff501
JB
3741 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3742 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2439ca04
MA
3743 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3744 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
5b3dc42b
FF
3745 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3746 int *dbm);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3747
3748 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3749 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3750 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3751 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8a4d32f3 3752 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3753 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3754 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3755 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8a4d32f3
AN
3756 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3757 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3758 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
ba8c3d6f 3759
e7881bd5
JB
3760 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3761 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f59374eb 3762 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
708d50ed
AB
3763
3764 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3765 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3766 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3767 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3768 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5953ff6d
AB
3769 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3770 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3771 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
167e33f4
AB
3772 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3773 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3774 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3775 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3776 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3777 u8 instance_id);
f0706e82
JB
3778};
3779
75a5f0cc 3780/**
ad28757e 3781 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
75a5f0cc
JB
3782 *
3783 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3784 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3785 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3786 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3787 * @priv_data_len.
3788 *
3789 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3790 * @ops: callbacks for this device
ad28757e
BG
3791 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
3792 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
0ae997dc
YB
3793 *
3794 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
f0706e82 3795 */
ad28757e
BG
3796struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
3797 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
3798 const char *requested_name);
3799
3800/**
3801 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
3802 *
3803 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3804 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3805 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3806 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3807 * @priv_data_len.
3808 *
3809 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3810 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3811 *
3812 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
3813 */
3814static inline
f0706e82 3815struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
ad28757e
BG
3816 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
3817{
3818 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
3819}
f0706e82 3820
75a5f0cc
JB
3821/**
3822 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
3823 *
dbbea671
JB
3824 * You must call this function before any other functions in
3825 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
3826 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
75a5f0cc
JB
3827 *
3828 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
0ae997dc
YB
3829 *
3830 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
75a5f0cc 3831 */
f0706e82
JB
3832int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3833
e1e54068
JB
3834/**
3835 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
3836 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
3837 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
3838 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
3839 */
3840struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
3841 int throughput;
3842 int blink_time;
3843};
3844
67408c8c
JB
3845/**
3846 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
3847 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
3848 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
3849 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
3850 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
3851 */
3852enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
3853 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
3854 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
3855 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
3856};
3857
f0706e82 3858#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
f5c4ae07
JB
3859const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3860const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3861const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3862const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3863const char *
3864__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3865 unsigned int flags,
3866 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3867 unsigned int blink_table_len);
f0706e82 3868#endif
75a5f0cc
JB
3869/**
3870 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
3871 *
3872 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3873 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3874 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3875 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3876 *
3877 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3878 *
3879 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 3880 */
f5c4ae07 3881static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
3882{
3883#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3884 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
3885#else
3886 return NULL;
3887#endif
3888}
3889
75a5f0cc
JB
3890/**
3891 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
3892 *
3893 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3894 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3895 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3896 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3897 *
3898 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3899 *
3900 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 3901 */
f5c4ae07 3902static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
3903{
3904#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3905 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
3906#else
3907 return NULL;
3908#endif
3909}
3910
cdcb006f
ID
3911/**
3912 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
3913 *
3914 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3915 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3916 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3917 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3918 *
3919 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3920 *
3921 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 3922 */
f5c4ae07 3923static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
47f0c502
MB
3924{
3925#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3926 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
3927#else
3928 return NULL;
3929#endif
3930}
3931
cdcb006f
ID
3932/**
3933 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
3934 *
3935 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3936 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3937 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3938 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3939 *
3940 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
3941 *
3942 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 3943 */
f5c4ae07 3944static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
cdcb006f
ID
3945{
3946#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3947 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
3948#else
3949 return NULL;
3950#endif
3951}
47f0c502 3952
e1e54068
JB
3953/**
3954 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
3955 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
67408c8c 3956 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
e1e54068
JB
3957 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
3958 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
3959 *
0ae997dc
YB
3960 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
3961 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
3962 *
3963 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
e1e54068 3964 */
f5c4ae07 3965static inline const char *
67408c8c 3966ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
e1e54068
JB
3967 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3968 unsigned int blink_table_len)
3969{
3970#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
67408c8c 3971 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
e1e54068
JB
3972 blink_table_len);
3973#else
3974 return NULL;
3975#endif
3976}
3977
75a5f0cc
JB
3978/**
3979 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
3980 *
3981 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
3982 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
3983 *
3984 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
3985 */
f0706e82
JB
3986void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3987
75a5f0cc
JB
3988/**
3989 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
3990 *
3991 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
3992 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
6ef307bc 3993 * before calling this function.
75a5f0cc
JB
3994 *
3995 * @hw: the hardware to free
3996 */
f0706e82
JB
3997void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3998
f2753ddb
JB
3999/**
4000 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4001 *
4002 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4003 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4004 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4005 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4006 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4007 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4008 *
4009 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4010 */
4011void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4012
06d181a8 4013/**
af9f9b22 4014 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4015 *
af9f9b22
JB
4016 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4017 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4018 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4019 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4020 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4021 *
4022 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4023 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4024 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4025 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4026 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4027 *
4028 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4029 *
4030 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
d63b548f 4031 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
af9f9b22
JB
4032 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4033 * @napi: the NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4034 */
d63b548f
JB
4035void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4036 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4e6cbfd0 4037
75a5f0cc
JB
4038/**
4039 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4040 *
4041 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
e3cf8b3f
ZY
4042 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4043 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4044 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4045 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
75a5f0cc 4046 *
2485f710 4047 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
e36e49f7
KV
4048 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4049 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
f6b3d85f
FF
4050 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4051 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc 4052 *
e36e49f7 4053 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
d20ef63d 4054 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4055 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4056 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4057 */
af9f9b22
JB
4058static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4059{
d63b548f 4060 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
af9f9b22 4061}
75a5f0cc
JB
4062
4063/**
4064 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4065 *
4066 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
2485f710
JB
4067 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4068 *
e36e49f7 4069 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
f6b3d85f
FF
4070 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4071 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc
JB
4072 *
4073 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4074 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4075 */
f1d58c25 4076void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4077
e36e49f7
KV
4078/**
4079 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4080 *
4081 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4082 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4083 *
4084 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
f6b3d85f
FF
4085 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4086 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
e36e49f7
KV
4087 *
4088 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4089 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4090 */
4091static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4092 struct sk_buff *skb)
4093{
4094 local_bh_disable();
4095 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4096 local_bh_enable();
4097}
4098
d057e5a3
AN
4099/**
4100 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4101 *
4102 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4103 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4104 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4105 *
4106 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4107 *
4108 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4109 * each other.
4110 *
d057e5a3
AN
4111 * @sta: currently connected sta
4112 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4113 *
4114 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
d057e5a3
AN
4115 */
4116int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4117
4118/**
4119 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4120 * (in process context)
4121 *
4122 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4123 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4124 * applies.
4125 *
4126 * @sta: currently connected sta
4127 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4128 *
4129 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
d057e5a3
AN
4130 */
4131static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4132 bool start)
4133{
4134 int ret;
4135
4136 local_bh_disable();
4137 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4138 local_bh_enable();
4139
4140 return ret;
4141}
4142
46fa38e8
JB
4143/**
4144 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4145 * @sta: currently connected station
4146 *
4147 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4148 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4149 * connected station was received.
4150 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4151 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4152 * be serialized.
4153 */
4154void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4155
4156/**
4157 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4158 * @sta: currently connected station
4159 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4160 *
4161 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4162 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4163 * from a connected station was received.
4164 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4165 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4166 * serialized.
0aa419ec
EG
4167 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4168 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4169 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4170 * checks.
46fa38e8
JB
4171 */
4172void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4173
d24deb25
GW
4174/*
4175 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4176 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4177 */
651b9920 4178#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
d24deb25 4179
dcf55fb5 4180/**
042ec453 4181 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
bdfbe804 4182 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
042ec453
JB
4183 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4184 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
dcf55fb5
FF
4185 *
4186 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
042ec453
JB
4187 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4188 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
4189 *
4190 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4191 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4192 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4193 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4194 *
4195 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4196 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4197 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4198 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4199 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4200 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4201 *
4202 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4203 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4204 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4205 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4206 * use this API.
4207 */
4208void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4209 u8 tid, bool buffered);
dcf55fb5 4210
0d528d85
FF
4211/**
4212 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4213 *
4214 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4215 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4216 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4217 *
4218 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4219 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4220 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4221 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4222 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4223 */
4224void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4225 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4226 struct sk_buff *skb,
4227 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4228 int max_rates);
4229
484a54c2
THJ
4230/**
4231 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4232 *
4233 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4234 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4235 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4236 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4237 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4238 * slow stations to starve).
4239 *
4240 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4241 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4242 */
4243void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4244 u32 thr);
4245
75a5f0cc
JB
4246/**
4247 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4248 *
4249 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4250 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4251 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4252 *
2485f710
JB
4253 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4254 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
20ed3166 4255 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
f6b3d85f
FF
4256 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4257 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
2485f710 4258 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4259 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4260 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4261 */
f0706e82 4262void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4263 struct sk_buff *skb);
2485f710 4264
5fe49a9d
FF
4265/**
4266 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4267 *
4268 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4269 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4270 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4271 *
4272 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4273 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4274 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4275 *
4276 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4277 * @status: tx status information
4278 */
4279void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4280 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4281
f027c2ac
FF
4282/**
4283 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4284 *
4285 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4286 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4287 * specific skbs.
4288 *
4289 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4290 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4291 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4292 *
4293 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4294 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4295 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4296 * @info: tx status information
4297 */
5fe49a9d
FF
4298static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4299 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4300 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4301{
4302 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4303 .sta = sta,
4304 .info = info,
4305 };
4306
4307 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4308}
f027c2ac 4309
20ed3166
JS
4310/**
4311 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4312 *
4313 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4314 *
4315 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4316 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4317 * for a single hardware.
4318 *
4319 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4320 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4321 */
4322static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4323 struct sk_buff *skb)
4324{
4325 local_bh_disable();
4326 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4327 local_bh_enable();
4328}
4329
2485f710 4330/**
6ef307bc 4331 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
2485f710
JB
4332 *
4333 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4334 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4335 *
20ed3166
JS
4336 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4337 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
2485f710
JB
4338 *
4339 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4340 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
2485f710 4341 */
f0706e82 4342void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4343 struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4344
8178d38b
AN
4345/**
4346 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4347 *
4348 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4349 * connected STA.
4350 *
4351 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4352 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4353 */
4354void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4355
1af586c9
AO
4356#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4357
6ec8c332
AO
4358/**
4359 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4360 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4361 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
8d77ec85
LC
4362 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4363 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4364 * should be ignored.
6ec8c332
AO
4365 */
4366struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4367 u16 tim_offset;
4368 u16 tim_length;
1af586c9
AO
4369
4370 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
6ec8c332
AO
4371};
4372
4373/**
4374 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4375 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4376 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4377 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4378 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4379 *
4380 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4381 * obtain the beacon template.
4382 *
4383 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4384 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
1af586c9
AO
4385 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4386 * applicable, the CSA count.
6ec8c332
AO
4387 *
4388 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4389 *
4390 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4391 */
4392struct sk_buff *
4393ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4394 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4395 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4396
f0706e82 4397/**
eddcbb94 4398 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
f0706e82 4399 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4400 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4401 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4402 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4403 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4404 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4405 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4406 *
4407 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
6ec8c332 4408 * obtain the beacon frame.
f0706e82
JB
4409 *
4410 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
eddcbb94 4411 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
6ec8c332
AO
4412 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4413 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
eddcbb94
JB
4414 *
4415 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
0ae997dc
YB
4416 *
4417 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
eddcbb94
JB
4418 */
4419struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4420 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4421 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4422
4423/**
4424 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4425 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4426 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4427 *
4428 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
0ae997dc
YB
4429 *
4430 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
f0706e82 4431 */
eddcbb94
JB
4432static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4433 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4434{
4435 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4436}
f0706e82 4437
1af586c9
AO
4438/**
4439 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4440 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4441 *
4442 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4443 * This function is called implicitly when
4444 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4445 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4446 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4447 *
4448 * Return: new csa counter value
4449 */
4450u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4451
73da7d5b
SW
4452/**
4453 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4454 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4455 *
4456 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
66e01cf9 4457 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
73da7d5b
SW
4458 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4459 */
4460void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4461
4462/**
66e01cf9 4463 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
73da7d5b
SW
4464 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4465 *
4466 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4467 */
4468bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4469
4470
02945821
AN
4471/**
4472 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4473 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4474 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4475 *
4476 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4477 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4478 *
4479 * Can only be called in AP mode.
0ae997dc
YB
4480 *
4481 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
02945821
AN
4482 */
4483struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4484 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4485
7044cc56
KV
4486/**
4487 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4488 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4489 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4490 *
4491 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4492 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4493 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4494 *
4495 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4496 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
0ae997dc
YB
4497 *
4498 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4499 */
4500struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4501 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4502
4503/**
4504 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4505 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4506 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
7b6ddeaf
JB
4507 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4508 * if at all possible
7044cc56
KV
4509 *
4510 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4511 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4512 * BSSID and address is used.
4513 *
7b6ddeaf
JB
4514 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4515 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4516 *
7044cc56
KV
4517 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4518 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
0ae997dc
YB
4519 *
4520 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4521 */
4522struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
7b6ddeaf
JB
4523 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4524 bool qos_ok);
7044cc56 4525
05e54ea6
KV
4526/**
4527 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4528 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
a344d677 4529 * @src_addr: source MAC address
05e54ea6
KV
4530 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4531 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
b9a9ada1 4532 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
05e54ea6
KV
4533 *
4534 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4535 * hardware.
0ae997dc
YB
4536 *
4537 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
05e54ea6
KV
4538 */
4539struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a344d677 4540 const u8 *src_addr,
05e54ea6 4541 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
b9a9ada1 4542 size_t tailroom);
05e54ea6 4543
f0706e82
JB
4544/**
4545 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4546 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4547 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4548 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4549 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4550 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4551 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4552 *
4553 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4554 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4555 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4556 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4557 */
32bfd35d 4558void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4559 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4560 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4561 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4562
4563/**
4564 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4565 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4566 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4567 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
e039fa4a 4568 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4569 *
4570 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4571 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4572 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4573 *
4574 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4575 */
32bfd35d
JB
4576__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4577 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4578 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4579
4580/**
4581 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4582 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4583 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4584 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4585 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4586 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4587 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4588 *
4589 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4590 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4591 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4592 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4593 */
32bfd35d
JB
4594void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4595 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4596 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4597 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4598 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4599
4600/**
4601 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4602 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4603 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4604 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
e039fa4a 4605 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4606 *
4607 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4608 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4609 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4610 *
4611 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4612 */
32bfd35d
JB
4613__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4614 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4615 size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4616 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4617
4618/**
4619 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4620 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4621 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
d13e1414 4622 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
f0706e82 4623 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
8318d78a 4624 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
f0706e82
JB
4625 *
4626 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4627 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
0ae997dc
YB
4628 *
4629 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4630 */
32bfd35d
JB
4631__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4632 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
57fbcce3 4633 enum nl80211_band band,
f0706e82 4634 size_t frame_len,
8318d78a 4635 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
f0706e82
JB
4636
4637/**
4638 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4639 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4640 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4641 *
4642 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4643 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4644 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4645 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
0ae997dc
YB
4646 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4647 *
4648 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4649 * frames are available.
f0706e82
JB
4650 *
4651 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4652 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4653 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4654 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4655 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4656 * use common code for all beacons.
4657 */
4658struct sk_buff *
e039fa4a 4659ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 4660
42d98795
JB
4661/**
4662 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4663 *
4664 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4665 *
4666 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4667 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4668 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4669 */
4670void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4671 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4672
5d2cdcd4 4673/**
523b02ea
JB
4674 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
4675 *
4676 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4677 * from the given packet.
4678 *
4679 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4680 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4681 * with this P1K
4682 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4683 */
42d98795
JB
4684static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4685 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4686{
4687 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4688 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4689 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4690
4691 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4692}
523b02ea 4693
8bca5d81
JB
4694/**
4695 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4696 *
4697 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4698 * and transmitter address.
4699 *
4700 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4701 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4702 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4703 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4704 */
4705void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4706 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4707
523b02ea
JB
4708/**
4709 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5d2cdcd4 4710 *
523b02ea
JB
4711 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4712 * in the packet.
5d2cdcd4
EG
4713 *
4714 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
523b02ea
JB
4715 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
4716 * encrypted with this key
4717 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5d2cdcd4 4718 */
523b02ea
JB
4719void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4720 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
c68f4b89 4721
f8079d43
EP
4722/**
4723 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
4724 *
4725 * @pos: start of crypto header
4726 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4727 * @pn: PN to add
4728 *
4729 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
4730 * the packet payload)
4731 *
4732 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
4733 * point to the crypto header)
4734 */
4735u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
4736
3ea542d3
JB
4737/**
4738 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
4739 *
4740 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4741 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
3ea542d3
JB
4742 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4743 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4744 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
4745 *
4746 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
4747 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
4748 * by the device and not by mac80211.
4749 *
4750 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4751 * can be done concurrently.
4752 */
4753void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4754 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4755
27b3eb9c
JB
4756/**
4757 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
4758 *
4759 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4760 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
27b3eb9c
JB
4761 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4762 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4763 * @seq: new sequence data
4764 *
4765 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
4766 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
4767 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
4768 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
4769 *
4770 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4771 * can be done concurrently.
4772 */
4773void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4774 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4775
4776/**
4777 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
4778 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4779 *
4780 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
4781 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
4782 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
4783 *
4784 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
4785 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
4786 */
4787void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4788
4789/**
4790 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
4791 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
4792 * @keyconf: new key data
4793 *
4794 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
4795 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
4796 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
4797 *
4798 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
4799 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
4800 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
4801 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
4802 *
4803 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
4804 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
4805 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
4806 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
4807 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
4808 * of the reconfiguration.
4809 *
4810 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
4811 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
4812 *
4813 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
4814 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
4815 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
4816 * the key that's being replaced.
4817 */
4818struct ieee80211_key_conf *
4819ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4820 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4821
c68f4b89
JB
4822/**
4823 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
4824 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
4825 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
4826 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
4827 * @gfp: allocation flags
4828 */
4829void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
4830 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
4831
f0706e82
JB
4832/**
4833 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
4834 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4835 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4836 *
4837 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4838 */
4839void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4840
4841/**
4842 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
4843 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4844 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4845 *
4846 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4847 */
4848void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4849
92ab8535
TW
4850/**
4851 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
4852 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4853 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4854 *
4855 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
0ae997dc
YB
4856 *
4857 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
92ab8535
TW
4858 */
4859
4860int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4861
f0706e82
JB
4862/**
4863 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
4864 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4865 *
4866 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4867 */
4868void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4869
4870/**
4871 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
4872 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4873 *
4874 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4875 */
4876void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4877
75a5f0cc
JB
4878/**
4879 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
4880 *
4881 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
4882 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
8789d459
JB
4883 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
4884 * any context, including hardirq context.
75a5f0cc
JB
4885 *
4886 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
7947d3e0 4887 * @info: information about the completed scan
75a5f0cc 4888 */
7947d3e0
AS
4889void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4890 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
f0706e82 4891
79f460ca
LC
4892/**
4893 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
4894 *
4895 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
4896 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
4897 *
4898 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
4899 */
4900void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4901
4902/**
4903 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
4904 *
4905 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
4906 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
4907 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
4908 * while associating, for instance.
4909 *
4910 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
4911 */
4912void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4913
8b2c9824
JB
4914/**
4915 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
4916 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
4917 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
4918 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
4919 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
4920 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
4921 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
4922 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3384d757 4923 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
8b2c9824
JB
4924 */
4925enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
4926 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
4927 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
3384d757 4928 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
8b2c9824
JB
4929};
4930
3384d757
AN
4931/**
4932 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
4933 *
4934 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4935 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
4936 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
4937 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
4938 *
4939 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
4940 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
4941 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
4942 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4943 */
4944void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
4945 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
4946 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4947 void *data);
4948
dabeb344 4949/**
6ef307bc 4950 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
dabeb344
JB
4951 *
4952 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4953 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
2f561feb
ID
4954 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
4955 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
4956 * be used.
8b2c9824 4957 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
dabeb344
JB
4958 *
4959 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 4960 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb 4961 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
dabeb344
JB
4962 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4963 */
3384d757
AN
4964static inline void
4965ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
4966 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
4967 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4968 void *data)
4969{
4970 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
4971 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
4972 iterator, data);
4973}
dabeb344 4974
2f561feb
ID
4975/**
4976 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
4977 *
4978 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
4979 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
4980 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
4981 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
8b2c9824 4982 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
2f561feb
ID
4983 *
4984 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 4985 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb
ID
4986 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
4987 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
4988 */
4989void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
8b2c9824 4990 u32 iter_flags,
2f561feb
ID
4991 void (*iterator)(void *data,
4992 u8 *mac,
4993 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
4994 void *data);
4995
c7c71066
JB
4996/**
4997 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
4998 *
4999 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5000 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5001 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5002 *
5003 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5004 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5005 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5006 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5007 */
5008void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5009 u32 iter_flags,
5010 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5011 u8 *mac,
5012 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5013 void *data);
5014
0fc1e049
AN
5015/**
5016 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5017 *
5018 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5019 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5020 * function for them.
5021 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5022 *
5023 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5024 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5025 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5026 */
5027void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5028 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5029 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5030 void *data);
42935eca
LR
5031/**
5032 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5033 *
5034 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5035 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5036 *
5037 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5038 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5039 */
5040void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5041
5042/**
5043 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5044 *
5045 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5046 * workqueue.
5047 *
5048 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5049 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5050 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5051 */
5052void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5053 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5054 unsigned long delay);
5055
0df3ef45
RR
5056/**
5057 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5058 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
0df3ef45 5059 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
bd2ce6e4 5060 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
ea2d8b59
RD
5061 *
5062 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
0df3ef45
RR
5063 *
5064 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5065 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5066 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5067 */
bd2ce6e4
SM
5068int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5069 u16 timeout);
0df3ef45 5070
0df3ef45
RR
5071/**
5072 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5073 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5074 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5075 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5076 *
5077 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5078 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5079 * from any context.
0df3ef45 5080 */
c951ad35 5081void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5082 u16 tid);
5083
5084/**
5085 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5086 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
0df3ef45 5087 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
ea2d8b59 5088 *
6a8579d0 5089 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
0df3ef45
RR
5090 *
5091 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5092 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5093 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5094 */
6a8579d0 5095int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
0df3ef45 5096
0df3ef45
RR
5097/**
5098 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5099 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5100 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5101 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5102 *
5103 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5104 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5105 * can be called from any context.
0df3ef45 5106 */
c951ad35 5107void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5108 u16 tid);
5109
17741cdc
JB
5110/**
5111 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5112 *
5ed176e1 5113 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
17741cdc
JB
5114 * @addr: station's address
5115 *
0ae997dc
YB
5116 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5117 *
5118 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
17741cdc
JB
5119 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5120 */
5ed176e1 5121struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc
JB
5122 const u8 *addr);
5123
5ed176e1 5124/**
686b9cb9 5125 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5ed176e1
JB
5126 *
5127 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
686b9cb9
BG
5128 * @addr: remote station's address
5129 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5ed176e1 5130 *
0ae997dc
YB
5131 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5132 *
5133 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5ed176e1
JB
5134 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5135 *
686b9cb9
BG
5136 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5137 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5138 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5139 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5140 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5141 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5142 * is not reliable.
5ed176e1 5143 *
686b9cb9 5144 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5ed176e1 5145 */
686b9cb9
BG
5146struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5147 const u8 *addr,
5148 const u8 *localaddr);
5ed176e1 5149
af818581
JB
5150/**
5151 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5152 * @hw: the hardware
5153 * @pubsta: the station
5154 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5155 *
5156 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5157 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5158 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5159 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5160 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5161 *
5162 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5163 * manner.
5164 *
5165 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5166 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5167 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5168 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5169 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5170 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5171 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5172 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5173 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5174 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5175 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5176 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5177 * woke up while blocked or not.
5178 */
5179void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5180 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5181
37fbd908
JB
5182/**
5183 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5184 * @pubsta: the station
5185 *
5186 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5187 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5188 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5189 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5190 *
e943789e
JB
5191 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5192 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5193 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5194 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5195 *
5196 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5197 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5198 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5199 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
37fbd908 5200 */
e943789e 5201void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
37fbd908 5202
0ead2510
EG
5203/**
5204 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5205 * @pubsta: the station
5206 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5207 *
5208 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5209 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5210 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5211 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5212 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5213 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5214 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5215 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5216 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5217 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5218 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5219 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5220 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5221 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5222 */
5223void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5224
830af02f
JB
5225/**
5226 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5227 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5228 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5229 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5230 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5231 *
5232 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5233 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5234 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5235 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5236 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5237 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
f850e00f
JB
5238 *
5239 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5240 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5241 * set_key callback.
830af02f
JB
5242 */
5243void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5244 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5245 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5246 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5247 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5248 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5249 void *data),
5250 void *iter_data);
5251
ef044763
EP
5252/**
5253 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5254 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5255 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5256 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5257 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5258 *
5259 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5260 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5261 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5262 * in removal process will be skipped.
5263 *
5264 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5265 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5266 */
5267void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5269 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5270 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5271 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5272 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5273 void *data),
5274 void *iter_data);
5275
3448c005
JB
5276/**
5277 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5278 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5279 * @iter: iterator function
5280 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5281 *
5282 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5283 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5284 * places while calling into the driver.
5285 *
5286 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5287 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5288 * removed.
8a61af65
JB
5289 *
5290 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5291 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5292 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5293 * or not.
3448c005
JB
5294 */
5295void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5296 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5297 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5298 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5299 void *data),
5300 void *iter_data);
5301
a619a4c0
JO
5302/**
5303 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5304 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5305 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5306 *
5307 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5308 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5309 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5310 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5311 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
0ae997dc
YB
5312 * %NULL.
5313 *
5314 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
a619a4c0
JO
5315 */
5316struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5317 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5318
04de8381
KV
5319/**
5320 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5321 *
1ed32e4f 5322 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
04de8381 5323 *
c1288b12 5324 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
1e4dcd01 5325 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
04de8381
KV
5326 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5327 */
5328void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4b7679a5 5329
1e4dcd01
JO
5330/**
5331 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5332 *
5333 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5334 *
c1288b12 5335 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
1e4dcd01
JO
5336 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5337 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
682bd38b
JB
5338 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5339 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
1e4dcd01
JO
5340 *
5341 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5342 * without connection recovery attempts.
5343 */
5344void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5345
95acac61
JB
5346/**
5347 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5348 *
5349 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5350 *
5351 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5352 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5353 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5354 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5355 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5356 *
5357 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5358 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5359 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5360 * disconnect normally later.
5361 *
5362 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5363 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5364 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5365 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5366 */
5367void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f90754c1 5368
a97c13c3
JO
5369/**
5370 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5371 * rssi threshold triggered
5372 *
5373 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5374 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
769f07d8 5375 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
a97c13c3
JO
5376 * @gfp: context flags
5377 *
ea086359 5378 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
a97c13c3
JO
5379 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5380 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5381 */
5382void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5383 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
769f07d8 5384 s32 rssi_level,
a97c13c3
JO
5385 gfp_t gfp);
5386
98f03342
JB
5387/**
5388 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5389 *
5390 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5391 * @gfp: context flags
5392 */
5393void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5394
164eb02d
SW
5395/**
5396 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5397 *
5398 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5399 */
5400void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5401
5ce6e438
JB
5402/**
5403 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5404 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5405 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5406 *
5407 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5408 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5409 */
5410void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5411
d1f5b7a3
JB
5412/**
5413 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5414 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
633dd1ea 5415 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
d1f5b7a3
JB
5416 *
5417 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5418 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5419 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5420 */
5421void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5422 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5423
21f83589
JB
5424/**
5425 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5426 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5427 */
5428void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5429
5430/**
5431 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5432 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5433 */
5434void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5435
f41ccd71
SL
5436/**
5437 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5438 *
5439 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5440 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5441 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5442 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5443 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5444 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5445 *
5446 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5447 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5448 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5449 */
5450void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5451 const u8 *addr);
5452
06470f74
SS
5453/**
5454 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5455 * @pubsta: station struct
5456 * @tid: the session's TID
5457 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5458 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5459 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5460 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5461 *
5462 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5463 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5464 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5465 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5466 */
5467void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5468 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5469 u16 received_mpdus);
5470
8c771244
FF
5471/**
5472 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5473 *
5474 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5475 * buffer.
5476 *
5477 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5478 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5479 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5480 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5481 */
5482void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5483
1272c5d8
LC
5484/**
5485 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5486 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5487 * @addr: station mac address
5488 * @tid: the rx tid
5489 */
699cb58c 5490void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
1272c5d8 5491 unsigned int tid);
699cb58c 5492
08cf42e8
MK
5493/**
5494 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5495 *
5496 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5497 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5498 * reordering.
5499 *
5500 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5501 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5502 *
5503 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5504 * @addr: station mac address
5505 * @tid: the rx tid
5506 */
699cb58c
JB
5507static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5508 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5509{
5510 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5511 return;
5512 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5513}
08cf42e8
MK
5514
5515/**
5516 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5517 *
5518 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5519 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5520 * reordering.
5521 *
5522 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5523 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5524 *
5525 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5526 * @addr: station mac address
5527 * @tid: the rx tid
5528 */
699cb58c
JB
5529static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5530 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5531{
5532 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5533 return;
5534 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5535}
08cf42e8 5536
04c2cf34
NG
5537/**
5538 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5539 *
5540 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5541 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5542 *
5543 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5544 *
5545 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5546 * @addr: station mac address
5547 * @tid: the rx tid
5548 */
5549void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5550 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5551
4b7679a5 5552/* Rate control API */
e6a9854b 5553
4b7679a5 5554/**
e6a9854b
JB
5555 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
5556 *
5557 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5558 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5559 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
f44d4eb5
SW
5560 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5561 * to be filled in
e6a9854b
JB
5562 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5563 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5564 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5565 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5566 * RTS threshold
5567 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5568 * if the selected rate supports it
f44d4eb5 5569 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
2ffbe6d3 5570 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
8f0729b1 5571 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
e6a9854b
JB
5572 */
5573struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5574 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5575 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5576 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5577 struct sk_buff *skb;
5578 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5579 bool rts, short_preamble;
37eb0b16 5580 u32 rate_idx_mask;
2ffbe6d3 5581 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
8f0729b1 5582 bool bss;
4b7679a5
JB
5583};
5584
5585struct rate_control_ops {
4b7679a5
JB
5586 const char *name;
5587 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
4b7679a5
JB
5588 void (*free)(void *priv);
5589
5590 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5591 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5592 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4b7679a5 5593 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
81cb7623 5594 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5595 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
64f68e5d
JB
5596 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5597 u32 changed);
4b7679a5
JB
5598 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5599 void *priv_sta);
5600
18fb84d9
FF
5601 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5602 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5603 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
4b7679a5
JB
5604 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5605 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5606 struct sk_buff *skb);
e6a9854b
JB
5607 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5608 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
4b7679a5
JB
5609
5610 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5611 struct dentry *dir);
5612 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
cca674d4
AQ
5613
5614 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
4b7679a5
JB
5615};
5616
5617static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
57fbcce3 5618 enum nl80211_band band,
4b7679a5
JB
5619 int index)
5620{
5621 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5622}
5623
4c6d4f5c
LR
5624/**
5625 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5626 *
5627 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5628 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5629 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5630 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5631 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5632 * not null.
5633 *
5634 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5635 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5636 *
5637 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5638 * that this may be null.
5639 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5640 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5641 */
5642bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5643 void *priv_sta,
5644 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5645
5646
4b7679a5
JB
5647static inline s8
5648rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5649 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5650{
5651 int i;
5652
5653 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5654 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5655 return i;
5656
5657 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
54d5026e 5658 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
4b7679a5 5659
54d5026e 5660 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
4b7679a5
JB
5661 return 0;
5662}
5663
b770b43e
LR
5664static inline
5665bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5666 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5667{
5668 unsigned int i;
5669
5670 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5671 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5672 return true;
5673 return false;
5674}
4b7679a5 5675
0d528d85
FF
5676/**
5677 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5678 *
5679 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5680 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5681 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5682 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5683 *
5684 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5685 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5686 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5687 */
5688int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5689 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
5690 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
5691
631ad703
JB
5692int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5693void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4b7679a5 5694
10c806b3
LR
5695static inline bool
5696conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5697{
675a0b04 5698 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
10c806b3
LR
5699}
5700
5701static inline bool
5702conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5703{
675a0b04
KB
5704 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5705 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5706}
5707
5708static inline bool
5709conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5710{
675a0b04
KB
5711 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5712 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
5713}
5714
5715static inline bool
5716conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5717{
675a0b04 5718 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
10c806b3
LR
5719}
5720
5721static inline bool
5722conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5723{
041f607d
RL
5724 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
5725 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
5726 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
10c806b3
LR
5727}
5728
2ca27bcf
JB
5729static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5730ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
5731{
5732 if (p2p) {
5733 switch (type) {
5734 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
5735 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
5736 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
5737 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
5738 default:
5739 break;
5740 }
5741 }
5742 return type;
5743}
5744
5745static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5746ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
5747{
5748 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
5749}
5750
65554d07
SS
5751/**
5752 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
5753 *
5754 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5755 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
5756 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
5757 *
5758 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
5759 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
5760 * matching GroupId management frame.
5761 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
5762 */
5763void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5764 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
5765
615f7b9b
MV
5766void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5767 int rssi_min_thold,
5768 int rssi_max_thold);
5769
5770void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
768db343 5771
0d8a0a17 5772/**
0ae997dc 5773 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
0d8a0a17
WYG
5774 *
5775 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5776 *
0ae997dc
YB
5777 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
5778 *
5779 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
5780 * applicable.
0d8a0a17 5781 */
1dae27f8
WYG
5782int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5783
cd8f7cb4
JB
5784/**
5785 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
5786 * @vif: virtual interface
5787 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
5788 * @gfp: allocation flags
5789 *
5790 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
5791 */
5792void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5793 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
5794 gfp_t gfp);
5795
06be6b14
FF
5796/**
5797 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
5798 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5799 * @vif: virtual interface
5800 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
5801 * @band: the band to transmit on
5802 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
5803 *
5804 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
5805 */
5806bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5807 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
5808 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
5809
a7022e65
FF
5810/**
5811 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
5812 *
5813 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
5814 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
5815 *
5816 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
5817 *
5818 * private:
5819 *
5820 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
5821 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
5822 */
5823struct ieee80211_noa_data {
5824 u32 next_tsf;
5825 bool has_next_tsf;
5826
5827 u8 absent;
5828
5829 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5830 struct {
5831 u32 start;
5832 u32 duration;
5833 u32 interval;
5834 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5835};
5836
5837/**
5838 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
5839 *
5840 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
5841 * @data: NoA tracking data
5842 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5843 *
5844 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
5845 */
5846int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
5847 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5848
5849/**
5850 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
5851 *
5852 * @data: NoA tracking data
5853 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5854 */
5855void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5856
c887f0d3
AN
5857/**
5858 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
5859 * @vif: virtual interface
5860 * @peer: the peer's destination address
5861 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
5862 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
5863 * @gfp: allocation flags
5864 *
5865 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
5866 */
5867void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
5868 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
5869 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
a7f3a768 5870
b6da911b
LK
5871/**
5872 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
5873 *
5874 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
5875 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
5876 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
5877 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
5878 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
5879 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
5880 *
5881 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
5882 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
5883 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
5884 *
5885 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
5886 * @tid: the TID to reserve
5887 *
5888 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
5889 */
5890int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
5891
5892/**
5893 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
5894 *
5895 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
5896 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
5897 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
5898 *
5899 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
5900 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
5901 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
5902 *
5903 * @sta: the station
5904 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
5905 */
5906void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
5907
ba8c3d6f
FF
5908/**
5909 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
5910 *
5911 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
e7881bd5 5912 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
ba8c3d6f
FF
5913 *
5914 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
5915 */
5916struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5917 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f2ac7e30
MK
5918
5919/**
5920 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
5921 *
5922 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
5923 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
5924 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
5925 *
5926 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5927 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
5928 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
5929 */
5930void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
5931 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
5932 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
167e33f4
AB
5933
5934/**
5935 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
5936 *
5937 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
5938 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
5939 *
5940 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5941 * @inst_id: the local instance id
5942 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
5943 * @gfp: allocation flags
5944 */
5945void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5946 u8 inst_id,
5947 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
5948 gfp_t gfp);
92bc43bc
AB
5949
5950/**
5951 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
5952 *
5953 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
5954 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
5955 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
5956 *
5957 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5958 * @match: match event information
5959 * @gfp: allocation flags
5960 */
5961void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5962 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
5963 gfp_t gfp);
5964
f0706e82 5965#endif /* MAC80211_H */